Isoxazole o-linked carbamoyl cyclohexyl acids as LPA antagonists

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each independently CR6 or N; provided that no more than two of X1, X2, X3, or X4 are N; L is C1-4 alkylene substituted with 0 to 4 R7; R1 is (—CH2)aR9; a is an integer of 0 or 1; R2 is each independently halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyallcyl, or haloalkoxy; n is an integer of 0, 1, or 2; R3 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 deuterated alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy, and the alkyl, by itself or as part of other moiety, is optionally substituted with deuterium partially or fully; R4 is C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 deuterated alkyl, C1-10 haloalkyl, C1-10 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 6 to 10-membered aryl, 3 to 8-membered heterocyclyl, —(C1-6 alkylene)-(C3-8 cycloalkyl), —(C1-6 alkylene)-(6 to 10-membered aryl), —(C1-6 alkylene)-(3 to 8-membered heterocyclyl), or —(C1-6 alkylene)-(5 to 6-membered heteroaryl); wherein each of the alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, by itself or as part of other moiety, is independently substituted with 0 to 3 R8; or alternatively, R3 and R4, taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 9-membered heterocyclic ring moiety which is substituted with 0 to 3 R; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C1-6 alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; R7 is halo, oxo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; R8 are each independently deuterium, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 deuterated alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl; or alternatively, two R8, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 3 to 6-membered carbocyclic ring or a 3 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring each of which is independently substituted with 0 to 3 R12; R9 is selected from —CN, —C(O)OR10, —C(O)NR11aR11b, —CO—NH—CO—Re, —CO—NH—SO2—Re, —CO—NH—SO—Re, —SO2—OH, —SO2—NH—CO—Re, —P(O)(OH)2, tetrazol-5-yl, —CH2—CO—NH—CO—Re, —CH2—CO—NH—SO2—Re, CH2—CO—NH—SO—Re, —CH2—SO2—OH, —CH2—SO2—NH—CO—Re, —CH2—P(O)(OH)2, tetrazol-5-ylmethylene; Re is C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or haloalkoxyalkyl; R10 is hydrogen or C1-10 alkyl; and R11a and R11b are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; and R12 is halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C1-6alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl. These compounds are selective LPA receptor inhibitors.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a 371 of International Application No.PCT/US2018/066109 filed on Dec. 18, 2018, which claims the prioritybenefit of U.S. Provisional Application 62/607,527, filed Dec. 19, 2017;each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to novel substituted isoxazole compounds,compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example,for the treatment of disorders associated with one or more of thelysophosphatidic acid (LPA) receptors.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Lysophospholipids are membrane-derived bioactive lipid mediators, ofwhich one of the most medically important is lysophosphatidic acid(LPA). LPA is not a single molecular entity but a collection ofendogenous structural variants with fatty acids of varied lengths anddegrees of saturation (Fujiwara et al., J Biol. Chem., 2005, 280,35038-35050). The structural backbone of the LPAs is derived fromglycerol-based phospholipids such as phosphatidylcholine (PC) orphosphatidic acid (PA).

The LPAs are bioactive lipids (signaling lipids) that regulate variouscellular signaling pathways by binding to the same class of7-transmembrane domain G protein-coupled (GPCR) receptors (Chun, J.,Hla, T., Spiegel, S., Moolenaar, W., Editors, LysophospholipidReceptors: Signaling and Biochemistry, 2013, Wiley; ISBN:978-0-470-56905-4 & Zhao, Y. et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta (BBA)-Mol.Cell Biol. Of Lipids, 2013, 1831, 86-92). The currently known LPAreceptors are designated as LPA₁, LPA₂, LPA₃, LPA₄, LPA₅ and LPA₆ (Choi,J. W., Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol., 2010, 50, 157-186; Kihara, Y., etal, Br. J. Pharmacol., 2014, 171, 3575-3594).

The LPAs have long been known as precursors of phospholipid biosynthesisin both eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, but the LPAs have emerged onlyrecently as signaling molecules that are rapidly produced and releasedby activated cells, notably platelets, to influence target cells byacting on specific cell-surface receptors (see, e.g., Moolenaar et al.,BioEssays, 2004, 26, 870-881, and van Leewen et al., Biochem. Soc.Trans., 2003, 31, 1209-1212). Besides being synthesized and processed tomore complex phospholipids in the endoplasmic reticulum, LPAs can begenerated through the hydrolysis of pre-existing phospholipids followingcell activation; for example, the sn-2 position is commonly missing afatty acid residue due to deacylation, leaving only the sn-1 hydroxylesterified to a fatty acid. Moreover, a key enzyme in the production ofLPA, autotaxin (lysoPLD/NPP2), may be the product of an oncogene, asmany tumor types up-regulate autotaxin (Brindley, D., J. Cell Biochem.2004, 92, 900-12). The concentrations of LPAs in human plasma & serum aswell as human bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) have been reported,including determinations made using sensitive and specific LC/MS &LC/MS/MS procedures (Baker et al. Anal. Biochem., 2001, 292, 287-295;Onorato et al., J. Lipid Res., 2014, 55, 1784-1796).

LPA influences a wide range of biological responses, ranging frominduction of cell proliferation, stimulation of cell migration andneurite retraction, gap junction closure, and even slime mold chemotaxis(Goetzl, et al., Scientific World J., 2002, 2, 324-338; Chun, J., Hla,T., Spiegel, S., Moolenaar, W., Editors, Lysophospholipid Receptors:Signaling and Biochemistry, 2013, Wiley; ISBN: 978-0-470-56905-4). Thebody of knowledge about the biology of LPA continues to grow as more andmore cellular systems are tested for LPA responsiveness. For instance,it is now known that, in addition to stimulating cell growth andproliferation, LPAs promote cellular tension and cell-surfacefibronectin binding, which are important events in wound repair andregeneration (Moolenaar et al., BioEssays, 2004, 26, 870-881). Recently,anti-apoptotic activity has also been ascribed to LPA, and it hasrecently been reported that PPARγ is a receptor/target for LPA (Simon etal., J. Biol. Chem., 2005, 280, 14656-14662).

Fibrosis is the result of an uncontrolled tissue healing process leadingto excessive accumulation and insufficient resorption of extracellularmatrix (ECM) which ultimately results in end-organ failure (Rockey, D.C., et al., New Engl. J. Med., 2015, 372, 1138-1149). The LPA₁ receptorhas been reported to be over-expressed in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis(IPF) patients. LPA₁ receptor knockout mice were protected frombleomycin-induced lung fibrosis (Tager et al., Nature Med., 2008, 14,45-54). The LPA antagonist BMS-986020 was shown to significantly reducethe rate of FVC (forced vital capacity) decline in a 26-week clinicaltrial in IPF patients (Palmer et al., Chest, 2018, 154, 1061-1069). LPApathway inhibitors (e.g. an LPA₁ antagonist) were shown to bechemopreventive anti-fibrotic agents in the treatment of hepatocellularcarcinoma in a rat model (Nakagawa et al., Cancer Cell, 2016, 30,879-890).

Thus, antagonizing the LPA₁ receptor may be useful for the treatment offibrosis such as pulmonary fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, renal fibrosis,arterial fibrosis and systemic sclerosis, and thus the diseases thatresult from fibrosis (pulmonary fibrosis-Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis[IPF], hepatic fibrosis-Non-alcoholic Steatohepatitis [NASH], renalfibrosis-diabetic nephropathy, systemic sclerosis-scleroderma, etc.).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides novel substituted isoxazole compoundsincluding stereoisomers, tautomers, and pharmaceutically acceptablesalts or solvates thereof, which are useful as antagonists against oneor more of the lysophosphatidic acid (LPA) receptors, especially theLPA₁ receptor.

The present invention also provides processes and intermediates formaking the compounds of the present invention.

The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositionscomprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of thecompounds of the present invention or stereoisomers, tautomers,pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof.

The compounds of the invention may be used in the treatment ofconditions in which LPA plays a role.

The compounds of the present invention may be used in therapy.

The compounds of the present invention may be used for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of a condition in which inhibition ofthe physiological activity of LPA is useful, such as diseases in whichan LPA receptor participates, is involved in the etiology or pathologyof the disease, or is otherwise associated with at least one symptom ofthe disease.

In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method oftreating fibrosis of organs (liver, kidney, lung, heart and the like aswell as skin), liver diseases (acute hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, liverfibrosis, liver cirrhosis, portal hypertension, regenerative failure,non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), liver hypofunction, hepatic bloodflow disorder, and the like), cell proliferative disease [cancer (solidtumor, solid tumor metastasis, vascular fibroma, myeloma, multiplemyeloma, Kaposi's sarcoma, leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)and the like) and invasive metastasis of cancer cell, and the like],inflammatory disease (psoriasis, nephropathy, pneumonia and the like),gastrointestinal tract disease (irritable bowel syndrome (IBS),inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), abnormal pancreatic secretion, and thelike), renal disease, urinary tract-associated disease (benign prostatichyperplasia or symptoms associated with neuropathic bladder disease,spinal cord tumor, hernia of intervertebral disk, spinal canal stenosis,symptoms derived from diabetes, lower urinary tract disease (obstructionof lower urinary tract, and the like), inflammatory disease of lowerurinary tract, dysuria, frequent urination, and the like), pancreasdisease, abnormal angiogenesis-associated disease (arterial obstructionand the like), scleroderma, brain-associated disease (cerebralinfarction, cerebral hemorrhage, and the like), neuropathic pain,peripheral neuropathy, and the like, ocular disease (age-related maculardegeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, proliferativevitreoretinopathy (PVR), cicatricial pemphigoid, glaucoma filtrationsurgery scarring, and the like).

In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method oftreating diseases, disorders, or conditions in which activation of atleast one LPA receptor by LPA contributes to the symptomology orprogression of the disease, disorder or condition. These diseases,disorders, or conditions may arise from one or more of a genetic,iatrogenic, immunological, infectious, metabolic, oncological, toxic,surgical, and/or traumatic etiology.

In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method oftreating renal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, arterialfibrosis and systemic sclerosis comprising administering to a patient inneed of such treatment a compound of the present invention as describedabove.

In one aspect, the present invention provides methods, compounds,pharmaceutical compositions, and medicaments described herein thatcomprise antagonists of LPA receptors, especially antagonists of LPA₁.

The compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination withother compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one ormore, preferably one to two other agent(s).

These and other features of the invention will be set forth in expandedform as the disclosure continues.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Compounds of the Invention

In one aspect, the present invention provides, inter alia, compounds ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib):

or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein

X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are each independently CR⁶ or N; provided that nomore than two of X¹, X², X³, or X⁴ are N;

L is C₁₋₄ alkylene substituted with 0 to 4 R⁷;

R¹ is (—CH₂)_(a)R⁹;

a is an integer of 0 or 1;

R² is each independently halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, or haloalkoxy;

n is an integer of 0, 1, or 2;

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ deuterated alkyl (fully or partiallydeuterated), haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy, and the alkyl, by itself or aspart of other moiety, is optionally substituted with deuterium partiallyor fully;

R⁴ is C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₁₋₁₀ deuterated alkyl (fully or partiallydeuterated), C₁₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₁₋₁₀ alkenyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, 6 to10-membered aryl, 3 to 8-membered heterocyclyl, —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(C₃₋₈cycloalkyl), —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(6 to 10-membered aryl), —(C₁₋₆alkylene)-(3 to 8-membered heterocyclyl), or —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(5 to6-membered heteroaryl); wherein each of the alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl,cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, by itself or as part ofother moiety, is independently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; oralternatively, R³ and R⁴, taken together with the N atom to which theyare attached, form a 4 to 9-membered heterocyclic ring moiety which issubstituted with 0 to 3 R⁸;

R⁵ and R⁶ are each independently hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino,C₁₋₆ alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy;

R⁷ is halo, oxo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl,C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy;

R⁸ are each independently deuterium, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆ deuterated alkyl (fully or partially deuterated), C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to6-membered heteroaryl; or alternatively, two R⁸, taken together with theatoms to which they are attached, form a 3 to 6-membered carbocyclicring or a 3 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring each of which isindependently substituted with 0 to 3 R¹²;

R⁹ is selected from —CN, —C(O)OR¹⁰, —C(O)NR^(11a)R^(11b),

R^(e) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or haloalkoxyalkyl;

R¹⁰ is hydrogen or C₁₋₁₀ alkyl; and

R^(11a) and R^(11b) are each independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; and

R¹² is halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy,haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl.

In one embodiment of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), X¹ is CR⁶, where R⁶ ishydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halo.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), L ismethylene.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), n is 0or 1.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), R² ishalo.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), a is 0.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), R¹ isCO₂H or tetrazolyl.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), R⁵ isC₁₋₄ alkyl. In one embodiment, R⁵ is methyl.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), R⁴ isC₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₁₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₃₋₆cycloalkyl), or benzyl; wherein the alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl, andbenzyl are each independently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; and R⁸ is eachindependently halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C₁₋₆ alkyl, alkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl,alkoxy, haloalkoxy, or phenyl; or alternatively, two R⁸, taken togetherwith the atoms to which they are attached, form a 3 to 6-memberedcarbocyclic ring. The the alkyl and alkylene are each independentlystraight-chain or branched; and the methylene and the phenyl moieties ofthe benzyl are each independently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), thecompound is represented by Formula (IIa) or (IIb):

-   -   each R^(7a) is independently hydrogen, halo, oxo, cyano,        hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl,        alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,        haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; f is an integer of 1, 2,        or 3; n is 0 or 1; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄ deuterated        alkyl (fully or partially deuterated); R⁵ is C₁₋₄ alkyl; and R¹,        R², n, R⁴, X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are the same as defined above.

In one embodiment of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), R¹ is CO₂H.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), X¹ isCR⁶, where R⁶ is hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl. In one embodiment, X¹ is CH orCCH₃.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), X³ isN.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), X¹,X², X³, and X⁴ are CR⁶, where each R⁶ is independently hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl. In one embodiment, X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are CH.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb),

the

moiety is selected from

R^(6a) is each independently halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl,alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; and

d is an integer of 0, 1, or 2.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb),

the

moiety is selected from

R⁶ is each independently hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), fis 1. In one embodiment, R^(7a) is hydrogen.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIa) or (IIb), thecompound is represented by Formula (IIIa) or Formula (IIIb):

R^(2a) is hydrogen or halo (e.g., fluoro);

R³ is hydrogen, CH₃, or CD₃; and

R¹, R⁴, X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are the same as defined above.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb), the

moiety is selected from

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb), R¹is CO₂H.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb),

the

moiety is selected from

and

R⁶ is methyl, ethyl, fluoro, or chloro.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb), R⁴is C₃₋₁₀ alkyl, C₃₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, —(C₄ alkylene)-(C₁₋₃alkoxy), —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₁₋₆ alkylamino), —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₃₋₆cycloalkyl), or), —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-phenyl; wherein the alkyl, alkylene,cycloalkyl, and phenyl are each independently substituted with 0 to 3R⁸; and R⁸ is each independently deuterium, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy. The alkyl andalkylene are each independently straight-chain or branched; and themethylene and the phenyl moieties of the benzyl are each independentlysubstituted with 0 to 3 R⁸.

In any one of the preceding embodiments of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb), R⁴is C₃₋₁₀ alkyl, C₃₋₁₀ haloalkyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,—(CH₂)₁₋₂—(C₂₋₆ alkylamino), —C(HR^(8a))₁₋₂-cyclopropyl,—C(HR^(8a))-cyclobutyl, —C(HR^(8a))-pentyl, or —C(HR⁸)-phenyl; whereinthe cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and phenyl are eachindependently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; R^(8a) is each independentlyhydrogen, methyl, cyclopropyl; and R⁸ is each independently halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound is selectedfrom any one of the Examples as described in the specification, or astereoisomer, a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof.

In another embodiment of the present invention, the compound is selectedfrom Examples 1 to 76 as described in the specification, or astereoisomer, a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof.

In another embodiment of the present invention, the compound is selectedfrom Examples 1 to 46 as described in the specification, or astereoisomer, a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have hLPA₁IC₅₀ values ≤5000 nM, using the LPA functional antagonist assay; inanother embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have hLPA₁IC₅₀ values ≤1000 nM; in another embodiment, the compounds of thepresent invention have hLPA₁ IC₅₀ values ≤500 nM; in another embodiment,the compounds of the present invention have hLPA₁ IC₅₀ values ≤200 nM;in another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have hLPA₁IC₅₀ values ≤100 nM; in another embodiment, the compounds of the presentinvention have hLPA₁ IC₅₀ values ≤50 nM.

II. Other Embodiments of the Invention

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an antagonist ofat least one LPA receptor. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,is an antagonist of LPA₁. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,is an antagonist of LPA₂. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,is an antagonist of LPA₃.

In some embodiments, presented herein are compounds selected from activemetabolites, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates ofa compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compositioncomprising at least one of the compounds of the present invention or astereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or asolvate thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceuticalcomposition, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and atherapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of thepresent invention or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, or a solvate thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a process formaking a compound of the present invention.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides an intermediatefor making a compound of the present invention.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceuticalcomposition further comprising additional therapeutic agent(s).

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for thetreatment of a condition associated with LPA receptor mediated fibrosis,comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of thepresent invention or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, or a solvate thereof. As used herein, the term“patient” encompasses all mammalian species.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method oftreating a disease, disorder, or condition associated with dysregulationof lysophosphatidic acid receptor 1 (LPA₁) in a patient in need thereof,comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of acompound of the present invention, or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the patient. Inone embodiment of the method, the disease, disorder, or condition isrelated to pathological fibrosis, transplant rejection, cancer,osteoporosis, or inflammatory disorders. In one embodiment of themethod, the pathological fibrosis is pulmonary, liver, renal, cardiac,dernal, ocular, or pancreatic fibrosis. In one embodiment of the method,the disease, disorder, or condition is idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis(IPF), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), non-alcoholic fatty liverdisease (NAFLD), chronic kidney disease, diabetic kidney disease, andsystemic sclerosis. In one embodiment of the method, the cancer is ofthe bladder, blood, bone, brain, breast, central nervous system, cervix,colon, endometrium, esophagus, gall bladder, genitalia, genitourinarytract, head, kidney, larynx, liver, lung, muscle tissue, neck, oral ornasal mucosa, ovary, pancreas, prostate, skin, spleen, small intestine,large intestine, stomach, testicle, or thyroid.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method oftreating fibrosis in a mammal comprising administering a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of the present invention, or astereoisomer, a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, to the mammal in need thereof. In one embodiment of themethod, the fibrosis is idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF),nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), chronic kidney disease, diabetickidney disease, and systemic sclerosis.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method oftreating lung fibrosis (idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), asthma, chronicobstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), renal fibrosis, acute kidneyinjury, chronic kidney disease, liver fibrosis (non-alcoholicsteatohepatitis), skin fibrosis, fibrosis of the gut, breast cancer,pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, glioblastoma, bonecancer, colon cancer, bowel cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma,multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, cancer pain, tumormetastasis, transplant organ rejection, scleroderma, ocular fibrosis,age related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, collagenvascular disease, atherosclerosis, Raynaud's phenomenon, or neuropathicpain in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of the present invention, or a stereoisomer, atautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, tothe mammal in need thereof.

As used herein, “treating” or “treatment” cover the treatment of adisease-state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a)inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting it development; and/or (b)relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the diseasestate. As used herein, “treating” or “treatment” also include theprotective treatment of a disease state to reduce and/or minimize therisk and/or reduction in the risk of recurrence of a disease state byadministering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of atleast one of the compounds of the present invention or a or astereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or asolvate thereof. Patients may be selected for such protective therapybased on factors that are known to increase risk of suffering a clinicaldisease state compared to the general population. For protectivetreatment, conditions of the clinical disease state may or may not bepresented yet. The protective treatment can be divided into (a) primaryprophylaxis and (b) secondary prophylaxis. Primary prophylaxis isdefined as treatment to reduce or minimize the risk of a disease statein a patient that has not yet presented with a clinical disease state,whereas secondary prophylaxis is defined as minimizing or reducing therisk of a recurrence or second occurrence of the same or similarclinical disease state.

The present invention may be embodied in other specific forms withoutdeparting from the spirit or essential attributes thereof. Thisinvention encompasses all combinations of preferred aspects of theinvention noted herein. It is understood that any and all embodiments ofthe present invention may be taken in conjunction with any otherembodiment or embodiments to describe additional embodiments. It is alsoto be understood that each individual element of the embodiments is itsown independent embodiment. Furthermore, any element of an embodiment ismeant to be combined with any and all other elements from any embodimentto describe an additional embodiment.

III. Chemistry

Throughout the specification and the appended claims, a given chemicalformula or name shall encompass all stereo and optical isomers andracemates thereof where such isomers exist. Unless otherwise indicated,all chiral (enantiomeric and diastereomeric) and racemic forms arewithin the scope of the invention. Many geometric isomers of C═C doublebonds, C═N double bonds, ring systems, and the like can also be presentin the compounds, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in thepresent invention. Cis- and trans- (or E- and Z-) geometric isomers ofthe compounds of the present invention are described and may be isolatedas a mixture of isomers or as separated isomeric forms. The presentcompounds can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms.Optically active forms may be prepared by resolution of racemic forms orby synthesis from optically active starting materials. All processesused to prepare compounds of the present invention and intermediatesmade therein are considered to be part of the present invention. Whenenantiomeric or diastereomeric products are prepared, they may beseparated by conventional methods, for example, by chromatography orfractional crystallization. Depending on the process conditions the endproducts of the present invention are obtained either in free (neutral)or salt form. Both the free form and the salts of these end products arewithin the scope of the invention. If so desired, one form of a compoundmay be converted into another form. A free base or acid may be convertedinto a salt; a salt may be converted into the free compound or anothersalt; a mixture of isomeric compounds of the present invention may beseparated into the individual isomers. Compounds of the presentinvention, free form and salts thereof, may exist in multiple tautomericforms, in which hydrogen atoms are transposed to other parts of themolecules and the chemical bonds between the atoms of the molecules areconsequently rearranged. It should be understood that all tautomericforms, insofar as they may exist, are included within the invention.

The term “stereoisomer” refers to isomers of identical constitution thatdiffer in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Enantiomers anddiastereomers are examples of stereoisomers. The term “enantiomer”refers to one of a pair of molecular species that are mirror images ofeach other and are not superimposable. The term “diastereomer” refers tostereoisomers that are not mirror images. The term “racemate” or“racemic mixture” refers to a composition composed of equimolarquantities of two enantiomeric species, wherein the composition isdevoid of optical activity.

The symbols “R” and “S” represent the configuration of substituentsaround a chiral carbon atom(s). The isomeric descriptors “R” and “S” areused as described herein for indicating atom configuration(s) relativeto a core molecule and are intended to be used as defined in theliterature (IUPAC Recommendations 1996, Pure and Applied Chemistry,68:2193-2222 (1996)).

The term “chiral” refers to the structural characteristic of a moleculethat makes it impossible to superimpose it on its mirror image. The term“homochiral” refers to a state of enantiomeric purity. The term “opticalactivity” refers to the degree to which a homochiral molecule ornonracemic mixture of chiral molecules rotates a plane of polarizedlight.

As used herein, the term “alkyl” or “alkylene” is intended to includeboth branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groupshaving the specified number of carbon atoms. While “alkyl” denotes amonovalent saturated aliphatic radical (such as ethyl), “alkylene”denotes a bivalent saturated aliphatic radical (such as ethylene). Forexample, “C₁ to C₁₀ alkyl” or “C₁₋₁₀ alkyl” is intended to include C₁,C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, C₇, C₈, C₉, and C₁₀ alkyl groups. “C₁ to C₁₀alkylene” or “C₁₋₁₀ alkylene”, is intended to include C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄,C₅, C₆, C₇, C₈, C₉, and C₁₀ alkylene groups. Additionally, for example,“C₁ to C₆ alkyl” or “C₁₋₆ alkyl” denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 carbonatoms; and “C₁ to C₆ alkylene” or “C₁₋₆ alkylene” denotes alkylenehaving 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and “C₁ to C₄ alkyl” or “C₁₋₄ alkyl” denotesalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and “C₁ to C₄ alkylene” or “C₁₋₄alkylene” denotes alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl group canbe unsubstituted or substituted with at least one hydrogen beingreplaced by another chemical group. Example alkyl groups include, butare not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl andisopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl), and pentyl (e.g.,n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl). When “C₀ alkyl” or “C₀ alkylene” isused, it is intended to denote a direct bond. Furthermore, the term“alkyl”, by itself or as part of another group, such as alkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, and haloalkoxy, can be an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbonatoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

“Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group where one or more carbon atomshave been replaced with a heteroatom, such as, O, N, or S. For example,if the carbon atom of the alkyl group which is attached to the parentmolecule is replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) the resultingheteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkoxy group (e.g., —OCH₃,etc.), an alkylamino (e.g., —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, etc.), or a thioalkylgroup (e.g., —SCH₃). If a non-terminal carbon atom of the alkyl groupwhich is not attached to the parent molecule is replaced with aheteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) and the resulting heteroalkyl groups are,respectively, an alkyl ether (e.g., —CH₂CH₂—O—CH₃, etc.), analkylaminoalkyl (e.g., —CH₂NHCH₃, —CH₂N(CH₃)₂, etc.), or a thioalkylether (e.g., —CH₂—S—CH₃). If a terminal carbon atom of the alkyl groupis replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S), the resultingheteroalkyl groups are, respectively, a hydroxyalkyl group (e.g.,—CH₂CH₂—OH), an aminoalkyl group (e.g., —CH₂NH₂), or an alkyl thiolgroup (e.g., —CH₂CH₂—SH). A heteroalkyl group can have, for example, 1to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. AC₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group means a heteroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbonatoms.

“Alkenyl” or “alkenylene” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains ofeither straight or branched configuration having the specified number ofcarbon atoms and one or more, preferably one to two, carbon-carbondouble bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain. Forexample, “C₂ to C₆ alkenyl” or “C₂₋₆ alkenyl” (or alkenylene), isintended to include C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, and C₆ alkenyl groups. Examples ofalkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 1-propenyl,2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl,2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, and4-methyl-3-pentenyl.

“Alkynyl” or “alkynylene” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains ofeither straight or branched configuration having one or more, preferablyone to three, carbon-carbon triple bonds that may occur in any stablepoint along the chain. For example, “C₂ to C₆ alkynyl” or “C₂₋₆ alkynyl”(or alkynylene), is intended to include C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, and C₆ alkynylgroups; such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl.

As used herein, “arylalkyl” (a.k.a. aralkyl), “heteroarylalkyl”“carbocyclylalkyl” or “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkylradical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom,typically a terminal or sp³ carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl,heteroaryl, carbocyclyl, or heterocyclyl radical, respectively. Typicalarylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl,2-phenylethan-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl,2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl,carbocyclylalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group can comprise 4 to 20 carbonatoms and 0 to 5 heteroatoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety may contain 1 to 6carbon atoms.

The term “benzyl”, as used herein, refers to a methyl group on which oneof the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a phenyl group, wherein said phenylgroup may optionally be substituted with 1 to 5 groups, preferably 1 to3 groups, OH, OCH₃, Cl, F, Br, I, CN, NO₂, NH₂, N(CH₃)H, N(CH₃)₂, CF₃,OCF₃, C(═O)CH₃, SCH₃, S(═O)CH₃, S(═O)₂CH₃, CH₃, CH₂CH₃, CO₂H, andCO₂CH₃. “Benzyl” can also be represented by formula “Bn”.

The term “alkoxy” or “alkyloxy” refers to an —O-alkyl group. “C₁ to C₆alkoxy” or “C₁₋₆ alkoxy” (or alkyloxy), is intended to include C₁, C₂,C₃, C₄, C₅, and C₆ alkoxy groups. Example alkoxy groups include, but arenot limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy andisopropoxy), and t-butoxy. Similarly, “alkylthio” or “thioalkoxy”represents an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number ofcarbon atoms attached through a sulphur bridge; for example, methyl-S—and ethyl-S—.

The term “alkanoyl” or “alkylcarbonyl” as used herein alone or as partof another group refers to alkyl linked to a carbonyl group. Forexample, alkylcarbonyl may be represented by alkyl-C(O)—. “C₁ to C₆alkylcarbonyl” (or alkylcarbonyl), is intended to include C₁, C₂, C₃,C₄, C₅, and C₆ alkyl-C(O)— groups.

The term “alkylsulfonyl” or “sulfonamide” as used herein alone or aspart of another group refers to alkyl or amino linked to a sulfonylgroup. For example, alkylsulfonyl may be represented by —S(O)₂R′, whilesulfonamide may be represented by —S(O)₂NR^(c)R^(d). R′ is C₁ to C₆alkyl; and R^(c) and R^(d) are the same as defined below for “amino”.

The term “carbamate” as used herein alone or as part of another grouprefers to oxygen linked to an amido group. For example, carbamate may berepresented by N(R^(c)R^(d))—C(O)—O—, and R^(c) and R^(d) are the sameas defined below for “amino”.

The term “amido” as used herein alone or as part of another group refersto amino linked to a carbonyl group. For example, amido may berepresented by N(R^(c)R^(d))—C(O)—, and R^(c) and R^(d) are the same asdefined below for “amino”.

The term “amino” is defined as —NR^(c1)R^(c2), wherein R^(c1) and R^(c2)are independently H or C₁₋₆ alkyl; or alternatively, R^(c1) and R^(c2),taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 3- to8-membered heterocyclic ring which is optionally substituted with one ormore group selected from halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, oxo, C₁₋₆ alkyl,alkoxy, and aminoalkyl. When R^(c1) or R^(c2) (or both of them) is C₁₋₆alkyl, the amino group can also be referred to as alkylamino. Examplesof alkylamino group include, without limitation, methylamino,ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino and the like. In one embodiment,amino is —NH₂.

The term “aminoalkyl” refers to an alkyl group on which one of thehydrogen atoms is replaced by an amino group. For example, aminoalkylmay be represented by N(R^(c1)R^(c2))-alkylene-. “C₁ to C₆” or “C₁₋₆”aminoalkyl” (or aminoalkyl), is intended to include C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅,and C₆ aminoalkyl groups.

The term “halogen” or “halo” as used herein alone or as part of anothergroup refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine, with chlorineor fluorine being preferred.

“Haloalkyl” is intended to include both branched and straight-chainsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number ofcarbon atoms, substituted with one or more halogens. “C₁ to C₆haloalkyl” or “C₁₋₆ haloalkyl” (or haloalkyl), is intended to includeC₁, C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, and C₆ haloalkyl groups. Examples of haloalkylinclude, but are not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentachloroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, and heptachloropropyl. Examplesof haloalkyl also include “fluoroalkyl” that is intended to include bothbranched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groupshaving the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or morefluorine atoms. The term “polyhaloalkyl” as used herein refers to an“alkyl” group as defined above which includes from 2 to 9, preferablyfrom 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl, preferably F, such aspolyfluoroalkyl, for example, CF₃CH₂, CF₃ or CF₃CF₂CH₂.

“Haloalkoxy” or “haloalkyloxy” represents a haloalkyl group as definedabove with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through anoxygen bridge. For example, “C₁ to C₆ haloalkoxy” or “C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy”,is intended to include C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, and C₆ haloalkoxy groups.Examples of haloalkoxy include, but are not limited to,trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, and pentafluorothoxy.Similarly, “haloalkylthio” or “thiohaloalkoxy” represents a haloalkylgroup as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atomsattached through a sulphur bridge; for example trifluoromethyl-S—, andpentafluoroethyl-S—. The term “polyhaloalkyloxy” as used herein refersto an “alkoxy” or “alkyloxy” group as defined above which includes from2 to 9, preferably from 2 to 5, halo substituents, such as F or Cl,preferably F, such as polyfluoroalkoxy, for example, CF₃CH₂O, CF₃O orCF₃CF₂CH₂O.

“Hydroxyalkyl” is intended to include both branched and straight-chainsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number ofcarbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more hydroxyl (OH). “C₁ to C₆hydroxyalkyl” (or hydroxyalkyl), is intended to include C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄,C₅, and C₆ hydroxyalkyl groups.

The term “cycloalkyl” refers to cyclized alkyl groups, including mono-,bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems. “C₃ to C₈ cycloalkyl” or “C₃₋₈cycloalkyl” is intended to include C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, C₇, and C₈ cycloalkylgroups, including monocyclic, bicyclic, and polycyclic rings. Examplecycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl. Branched cycloalkylgroups such as 1-methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl and spiro andbridged cycloalkyl groups are included in the definition of“cycloalkyl”.

The term “cycloheteroalkyl” refers to cyclized heteroalkyl groups,including mono-, bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems. “C₃ to C₇cycloheteroalkyl” or “C₃₋₇ cycloheteroalkyl” is intended to include C₃,C₄, C₅, C₆, and C₇ cycloheteroalkyl groups. Example cycloheteroalkylgroups include, but are not limited to, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,tetrahydropyranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl,and piperazinyl. Branched cycloheteroalkyl groups, such aspiperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl,pyridinylmethyl, pyridizylmethyl, pyrimidylmethyl, and pyrazinylmethyl,are included in the definition of “cycloheteroalkyl”.

As used herein, “carbocycle”, “carbocyclyl” or “carbocyclic residue” isintended to mean any stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered monocyclicor bicyclic or 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, or 13-membered bicyclic ortricyclic hydrocarbon ring, any of which may be saturated, partiallyunsaturated, unsaturated or aromatic. Examples of such carbocyclesinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl,cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl,cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl,[3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane(decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl,adamantyl, anthracenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin). As shownabove, bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocycle(e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane). Preferred carbocycles, unless otherwisespecified, are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl,and indanyl. When the term “carbocyclyl” is used, it is intended toinclude “aryl”. A bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms linktwo non-adjacent carbon atoms. Preferred bridges are one or two carbonatoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring intoa tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited forthe ring may also be present on the bridge.

Furthermore, the term “carbocyclyl”, including “cycloalkyl” and“cycloalkenyl”, as employed herein alone or as part of another groupincludes saturated or partially unsaturated (containing 1 or 2 doublebonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 3 rings, includingmonocyclicalkyl, bicyclicalkyl and tricyclicalkyl, containing a total of3 to 20 carbons forming the rings, preferably 3 to 10 carbons or 3 to 6carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromaticrings as described for aryl, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl andcyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl,

any of which groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy,arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl,arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol and/or alkylthio and/or any ofthe alkyl substituents.

As used herein, the term “bicyclic carbocyclyl” or “bicyclic carbocyclicgroup” is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-membered carbocyclic ringsystem that contains two fused rings and consists of carbon atoms. Ofthe two fused rings, one ring is a benzo ring fused to a second ring;and the second ring is a 5- or 6-membered carbon ring which issaturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated. The bicycliccarbocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group at any carbonatom which results in a stable structure. The bicyclic carbocyclic groupdescribed herein may be substituted on any carbon if the resultingcompound is stable. Examples of a bicyclic carbocyclic group are, butnot limited to, naphthyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl.

As used herein, the term “aryl”, as employed herein alone or as part ofanother group, refers to monocyclic or polycyclic (including bicyclicand tricyclic) aromatic hydrocarbons, including, for example, phenyl,naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthranyl. Aryl moieties are well knownand described, for example, in Lewis, R. J., ed., Hawley's CondensedChemical Dictionary, 13th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York(1997). In one embodiment, the term “aryl” denotes monocyclic andbicyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion(such as phenyl or naphthyl including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). Forexample, “C₆ or C₁₀ aryl” or “C₆₋₁₀ aryl” refers to phenyl and naphthyl.Unless otherwise specified, “aryl”, “C₆ or C₁₀ aryl”, “C₆₋₁₀ aryl”, or“aromatic residue” may be unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 5groups, preferably 1 to 3 groups, selected from —OH, —OCH₃, —Cl, —F,—Br, —I, —CN, —NO₂, —NH₂, —N(CH₃)H, —N(CH₃)₂, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)CH₃,—SCH₃, —S(O)CH₃, —S(O)₂CH₃, —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CO₂H, and —CO₂CH₃.

The term “benzyl”, as used herein, refers to a methyl group on which oneof the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a phenyl group, wherein said phenylgroup may optionally be substituted with 1 to 5 groups, preferably 1 to3 groups, OH, OCH₃, Cl, F, Br, I, CN, NO₂, NH₂, N(CH₃)H, N(CH₃)₂, CF₃,OCF₃, C(═O)CH₃, SCH₃, S(═O)CH₃, S(═O)₂CH₃, CH₃, CH₂CH₃, CO₂H, andCO₂CH₃.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclicgroup” is intended to mean a stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-memberedmonocyclic or 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, 13-, or 14-memberedpolycyclic (including bicyclic and tricyclic) heterocyclic ring that issaturated, or partially unsaturated, and that contains carbon atoms and1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; andincluding any polycyclic group in which any of the above-definedheterocyclic rings is fused to a carbocyclic or an aryl (e.g., benzene)ring. That is, the term “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclicgroup” includes non-aromatic ring systems, such as heterocycloalkyl andheterocycloalkenyl. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionallybe oxidized (i.e., N→O and S(O)_(p), wherein p is 0, 1 or 2). Thenitrogen atom may be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR whereinR is H or another substituent, if defined). The heterocyclic ring may beattached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom thatresults in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described hereinmay be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resultingcompound is stable. A nitrogen in the heterocycle may optionally bequaternized. It is preferred that when the total number of S and O atomsin the heterocycle exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent toone another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms inthe heterocycle is not more than 1. Examples of heterocyclyl include,without limitation, azetidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl,piperonyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, morpholinyl,dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran.

As used herein, the term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclicheterocyclic group” is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-memberedheterocyclic ring system which contains two fused rings and consists ofcarbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected fromN, O and S. Of the two fused rings, one ring is a 5- or 6-memberedmonocyclic aromatic ring comprising a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, a6-membered heteroaryl ring or a benzo ring, each fused to a second ring.The second ring is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring which issaturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated, and comprises a5-membered heterocycle, a 6-membered heterocycle or a carbocycle(provided the first ring is not benzo when the second ring is acarbocycle).

The bicyclic heterocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group atany heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure. Thebicyclic heterocyclic group described herein may be substituted oncarbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. It ispreferred that when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycleexceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It ispreferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle isnot more than 1. Examples of a bicyclic heterocyclic group are, but notlimited to, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-quinolinyl,2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, chromanyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoxalinyl,and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolinyl.

Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocycle. Abridged ring occurs when one or more atoms (i.e., C, O, N, or S) linktwo non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms. Examples of bridged ringsinclude, but are not limited to, one carbon atom, two carbon atoms, onenitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, and a carbon-nitrogen group. It isnoted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclicring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring mayalso be present on the bridge.

As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” is intended to mean stablemonocyclic and polycyclic (including bicyclic and tricyclic) aromatichydrocarbons that include at least one heteroatom ring member such assulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, withoutlimitation, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl,furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl,pyrroyl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl,pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl,isothiazolyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl,benzodioxolanyl, and benzodioxane. Heteroaryl groups are substituted orunsubstituted. The nitrogen atom is substituted or unsubstituted (i.e.,N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, if defined). The nitrogenand sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized (i.e., N→O andS(O)_(p), wherein p is 0, 1 or 2).

Examples of heteroaryl also include, but are not limited to, acridinyl,azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl,benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl,benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl,benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl,chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl,furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl,1H-indazolyl, imidazolopyridinyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl,indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl,isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl,isothiazolopyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolopyridinyl,methylenedioxyphenyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl,oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl,1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl,oxazolidinylperimidinyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl,phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathianyl,phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrazinyl,pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl,pyridooxazolyl, pyridoimidazolyl, pyridothiazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H-pyrrolyl,pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl,quinuclidinyl, tetrazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,tetrahydroquinolinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl,1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl,thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thienothiazolyl,thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl,1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, andxanthenyl.

Examples of 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limitedto, pyridinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, imidazolidinyl,indolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl,thiadiazinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, triazolyl,benzimidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl,benztetrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxindolyl,benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isatinoyl,isoquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, quinazolinyl,quinolinyl, isothiazolopyridinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl,imidazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyridinyl. Examples of 5- to 6-memberedheteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, furanyl, thienyl,pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, indolyl,tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl,thiadiazinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl. In someembodiments, the heteroaryl are selected from benzthiazolyl,imidazolpyridinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, quinolinyl, and indolyl.

Unless otherwise indicated, “carbocyclyl” or “heterocyclyl” includes oneto three additional rings fused to the carbocyclic ring or theheterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl orcycloheteroalkyl rings), for example,

and may be optionally substituted through available carbon or nitrogenatoms (as applicable) with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from hydrogen,halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl,trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl,cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl,aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,arylalkenyl, aminocarbonylaryl, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, arylazo,heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy,hydroxy, nitro, cyano, thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio,arylthioalkyl, alkoxyarylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonylamino,arylcarbonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylaminoand arylsulfonaminocarbonyl and/or any of the alkyl substituents set outherein.

When any of the terms alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are used as part of another group,the number of carbon atoms and ring members are the same as thosedefined in the terms by themselves. For example, alkoxy, haloalkoxy,alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, haloalkoxy,alkoxyalkoxy, haloalkylamino, alkoxyalkylamino, haloalkoxyalkylamino,alkylthio, and the like each independently contains the number of carbonatoms which are the same as defined for the term “alkyl”, such as 1 to 4carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, etc. Similarly,cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, cycloalkylamino, heterocyclylamino,aralkylamino, arylamino, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, heteroaryloxy,heteroarylalkyloxy, and the like each independently contains ringmembers which are the same as defined for the terms “cycloalkyl”,“heterocyclyl”, “aryl”, and “heteroaryl”, such as 3 to 6-membered, 4 to7-membered, 6 to 10-membered, 5 to 10-membered, 5 or 6-membered, etc.

In accordance with a convention used in the art, a bond pointing to abold line, such as

as used in structural formulas herein, depicts the bond that is thepoint of attachment of the moiety or substituent to the core or backbonestructure.

In accordance with a convention used in the art, a wavy or squiggly bondin a structural formula, such as

is used to depict a stereogenic center of the carbon atom to which X′,Y′, and Z′ are attached and is intended to represent both enantiomers ina single figure. That is, a structural formula with such as wavy bonddenotes each of the enantiomers individually, such as

as well as a racemic mixture thereof. When a wavy or squiggly bond isattached to a double bond (such as C═C or C═N) moiety, it include cis-or trans- (or E- and Z-) geometric isomers or a mixture thereof.

It is understood herein that if a carbocyclic or heterocyclic moiety maybe bonded or otherwise attached to a designated substrate throughdiffering ring atoms without denoting a specific point of attachment,then all possible points are intended, whether through a carbon atom or,for example, a trivalent nitrogen atom. For example, the term “pyridyl”means 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, the term “thienyl” means 2- or 3-thienyl, andso forth.

When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting twoatoms in a ring, then such substituent may be bonded to any atom on thering. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom in whichsuch substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a givenformula, then such substituent may be bonded via any atom in suchsubstituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables arepermissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.

One skilled in the art will recognize that substituents and othermoieties of the compounds of the present invention should be selected inorder to provide a compound which is sufficiently stable to provide apharmaceutically useful compound which can be formulated into anacceptably stable pharmaceutical composition. Compounds of the presentinvention which have such stability are contemplated as falling withinthe scope of the present invention.

The term “counter ion” is used to represent a negatively charged speciessuch as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate. The term“metal ion” refers to alkali metal ions such as sodium, potassium orlithium and alkaline earth metal ions such as magnesium and calcium, aswell as zinc and aluminum.

As referred to herein, the term “substituted” means that at least onehydrogen atom (attached to carbon atom or heteroatom) is replaced with anon-hydrogen group, provided that normal valencies are maintained andthat the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituentis oxo (i.e., ═O), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Oxosubstituents are not present on aromatic moieties. When a ring system(e.g., carbocyclic or heterocyclic) is said to be substituted with acarbonyl group or a double bond, it is intended that the carbonyl groupor double bond be part (i.e., within) of the ring. Ring double bonds, asused herein, are double bonds that are formed between two adjacent ringatoms (e.g., C═C, C═N, or N═N). The term “substituted” in reference toalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, alkylene, aryl,arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, carbocyclyl, and heterocyclyl,means alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, alkylene, aryl,arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, carbocyclyl, and heterocyclyl,respectively, in which one or more hydrogen atoms, which are attached toeither carbon or heteroatom, are each independently replaced with one ormore non-hydrogen substituent(s).

In cases wherein there are nitrogen atoms (e.g., amines) on compounds ofthe present invention, these may be converted to N-oxides by treatmentwith an oxidizing agent (e.g., mCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) toafford other compounds of this invention. Thus, shown and claimednitrogen atoms are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and itsN-oxide (N→O) derivative.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent orformula for a compound, its definition at each occurrence is independentof its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if agroup is shown to be substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 R groups, then saidgroup be unsubstituted when it is substituted with 0 R group, or besubstituted with up to three R groups, and at each occurrence R isselected independently from the definition of R.

Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible onlyif such combinations result in stable compounds.

As used herein, the term “tautomer” refers to each of two or moreisomers of a compound that exist together in equilibrium, and arereadily interchanged by migration of an atom or group within themolecule. For example, one skilled in the art would readily understandthat a 1,2,3-triazole exists in two tautomeric forms as defined above:

Thus, this disclosure is intended to cover all possible tautomers evenwhen a structure depicts only one of them.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer tothose compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms that are,within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contactwith the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity,irritation, allergic response, and/or other problem or complication,commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

The compounds of the present invention can be present as salts, whichare also within the scope of this invention. Pharmaceutically acceptablesalts are preferred. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts”refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parentcompound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Thepharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can besynthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidicmoiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can beprepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds witha stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or inan organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueousmedia like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrileare preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton,Pa. (1990), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

If the compounds of the present invention have, for example, at leastone basic center, they can form acid addition salts. These are formed,for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, forexample sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid, withorganic carboxylic acids, such as alkanecarboxylic acids of 1 to 4carbon atoms, for example acetic acid, which are unsubstituted orsubstituted, for example, by halogen as chloroacetic acid, such assaturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic,malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, suchas hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic,malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, (for exampleaspartic or glutamic acid or lysine or arginine), or benzoic acid, orwith organic sulfonic acids, such as (C₁-C₄) alkyl or arylsulfonic acidswhich are unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, forexample methyl- or p-toluene-sulfonic acid. Corresponding acid additionsalts can also be formed having, if desired, an additionally presentbasic center. The compounds of the present invention having at least oneacid group (for example COOH) can also form salts with bases. Suitablesalts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal oralkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesiumsalts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine,thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono, di or tri-loweralkylamine, for example ethyl, tert-butyl, diethyl, diisopropyl,triethyl, tributyl or dimethyl-propylamine, or a mono, di or trihydroxylower alkylamine, for example mono, di or triethanolamine. Correspondinginternal salts may furthermore be formed. Salts which are unsuitable forpharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for theisolation or purification of free compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) ortheir pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included.

Preferred salts of the compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) which contain abasic group include monohydrochloride, hydrogensulfate,methanesulfonate, phosphate, nitrate or acetate.

Preferred salts of the compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) which containan acid group include sodium, potassium and magnesium salts andpharmaceutically acceptable organic amines.

In addition, compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may have prodrug forms.Any compound that will be converted in vivo to provide the bioactiveagent (i.e., a compound of formula Ia or Ib) is a prodrug within thescope and spirit of the invention. Various forms of prodrugs are wellknown in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see:

-   a) Bundgaard, H., ed., Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985), and    Widder, K. et al., eds., Methods in Enzymology, 112:309-396,    Academic Press (1985);-   b) Bundgaard, H., Chapter 5, “Design and Application of Prodrugs”, A    Textbook of Drug Design and Development, pp. 113-191,    Krosgaard-Larsen, P. et al., eds., Harwood Academic Publishers    (1991);-   c) Bundgaard, H., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 8:1-38 (1992);-   d) Bundgaard, H. et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 77:285 (1988); and-   e) Kakeya, N. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32:692 (1984).

The compounds of the present invention contain a carboxy group which canform physiologically hydrolyzable esters that serve as prodrugs, i.e.,“prodrug esters”, by being hydrolyzed in the body to yield the compoundsof the present invention per se. Examples of physiologicallyhydrolyzable esters of compounds of the present invention include C₁ toC₆ alkyl, C₁ to C₆ alkylbenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, indanyl, phthalyl,methoxymethyl, C₁₋₆ alkanoyloxy-C₁₋₆ alkyl (e.g., acetoxymethyl,pivaloyloxymethyl or propionyloxymethyl), C₁ to C₆ alkoxycarbonyloxy-C₁to C₆ alkyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl-oxymethyl or ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl,glycyloxymethyl, phenylglycyloxymethyl,(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)-methyl), and other well knownphysiologically hydrolyzable esters used, for example, in the penicillinand cephalosporin arts. Such esters may be prepared by conventionaltechniques known in the art. The “prodrug esters” can be formed byreacting the carboxylic acid moiety of the compounds of the presentinvention with either alkyl or aryl alcohol, halide, or sulfonateemploying procedures known to those skilled in the art. Such esters maybe prepared by conventional techniques known in the art.

Preparation of prodrugs is well known in the art and described in, forexample, King, F. D., ed., Medicinal Chemistry: Principles and Practice,The Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK (1994); Testa, B. et al.,Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism. Chemistry, Biochemistry andEnzymology, VCHA and Wiley-VCH, Zurich, Switzerland (2003); Wermuth, C.G., ed., The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Academic Press, San Diego,Calif. (1999).

The present invention is intended to include all isotopes of atomsoccurring in the present compounds. Isotopes include those atoms havingthe same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of generalexample and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include deuteriumand tritium. Deuterium has one proton and one neutron in its nucleus andthat has twice the mass of ordinary hydrogen. Deuterium can berepresented by symbols such as “²H” or “D”. The term “deuterated”herein, by itself or used to modify a compound or group, refers toreplacement of one or more hydrogen atom(s), which is attached tocarbon(s), with a deuterium atom. Isotopes of carbon include ¹³C and¹⁴C.

Isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention can generally beprepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art orby processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriateisotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagentotherwise employed. Such compounds have a variety of potential uses,e.g., as standards and reagents in determining the ability of apotential pharmaceutical compound to bind to target proteins orreceptors, or for imaging compounds of this invention bound tobiological receptors in vivo or in vitro.

“Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate acompound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a usefuldegree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into anefficacious therapeutic agent. It is preferred that compounds of thepresent invention do not contain a N-halo, S(O)₂H, or S(O)H group.

The term “solvate” means a physical association of a compound of thisinvention with one or more solvent molecules, whether organic orinorganic. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. Incertain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example,when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystallattice of the crystalline solid. The solvent molecules in the solvatemay be present in a regular arrangement and/or a non-orderedarrangement. The solvate may comprise either a stoichiometric ornonstoichiometric amount of the solvent molecules. “Solvate” encompassesboth solution-phase and isolable solvates. Exemplary solvates include,but are not limited to, hydrates, ethanolates, methanolates, andisopropanolates. Methods of solvation are generally known in the art.

ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations as used herein, are defined as follows: “1×” for once,“2×” for twice, “3×” for thrice, “° C.” for degrees Celsius, “eq” forequivalent or equivalents, “g” for gram or grams, “mg” for milligram ormilligrams, “L” for liter or liters, “mL” for milliliter or milliliters,“μL” for microliter or microliters, “N” for normal, “M” for molar,“mmol” for millimole or millimoles, “min” for minute or minutes, “h” forhour or hours, “rt” for room temperature, “RT” for retention time, “RBF”for round bottom flask, “atm” for atmosphere, “psi” for pounds persquare inch, “cone.” for concentrate, “RCM” for ring-closing metathesis,“sat” or “sat'd” for saturated, “SFC” for supercritical fluidchromatography “MW” for molecular weight, “mp” for melting point, “ee”for enantiomeric excess, “MS” or “Mass Spec” for mass spectrometry,“ESI” for electrospray ionization mass spectroscopy, “HR” for highresolution, “HRMS” for high resolution mass spectrometry, “LCMS” forliquid chromatography mass spectrometry, “HPLC” for high pressure liquidchromatography, “RP HPLC” for reverse phase HPLC, “TLC” or “tlc” forthin layer chromatography, “NMR” for nuclear magnetic resonancespectroscopy, “nOe” for nuclear Overhauser effect spectroscopy, “¹H” forproton, “δ” for delta, “s” for singlet, “d” for doublet, “t” fortriplet, “q” for quartet, “m” for multiplet, “br” for broad, “Hz” forhertz, and “α”, “β”, “γ”, “R”, “S”, “E”, and “Z” are stereochemicaldesignations familiar to one skilled in the art.

-   Me methyl-   Et ethyl-   Pr propyl-   i-Pr isopropyl-   Bu butyl-   i-Bu isobutyl-   t-Bu tert-butyl-   Ph phenyl-   Bn benzyl-   Boc or BOC tert-butyloxycarbonyl-   Boc₂O di-tert-butyl dicarbonate-   AcOH or HOAc acetic acid-   AlCl₃ aluminum trichloride-   AIBN Azobis-isobutyronitrile-   BBr₃ boron tribromide-   BCl₃ boron trichloride-   BEMP    2-tert-butylimino-2-diethylamino-1,3-dimethylperhydro-1,3,2-diazaphosphorine-   BOP reagent benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium    hexafluorophosphate-   Burgess reagent 1-methoxy-N-triethylammoniosulfonyl-methanimidate-   CBz carbobenzyloxy-   DCM or CH₂Cl₂ dichloromethane-   CH₃CN or ACN acetonitrile-   CDCl₃ deutero-chloroform-   CHCl₃ chloroform-   mCPBA or m-CPBA meta-chloroperbenzoic acid-   Cs₂CO₃ cesium carbonate-   Cu(OAc)₂ copper (II) acetate-   Cy₂NMe N-cyclohexyl-N-methylcyclohexanamine-   DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene-   DCE 1,2 dichloroethane-   DEA diethylamine-   Dess-Martin    1,1,1-tris(acetyloxy)-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3-(1H)-one-   DIC or DIPCDI diisopropylcarbodiimide-   DIEA, DIPEA or diisopropylethylamine-   Hunig's base-   DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine-   DME 1,2-dimethoxyethane-   DMF dimethyl formamide-   DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide-   cDNA complementary DNA-   Dppp (R)-(+)-1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane-   DuPhos (+)-1,2-bis((2S,5S)-2,5-diethylphospholano)benzene-   EDC N-(3-dimthylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide-   EDCI N-(3-dimthylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride-   EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid-   (S,S)-EtDuPhosRh(I)    (+)-1,2-bis((2S,5S)-2,5-diethylphospholano)benzene(1,5-cyclooctadiene)rhodium(I)    trifluoromethanesulfonate-   Et₃N or TEA triethylamine-   EtOAc ethyl acetate-   Et₂O diethyl ether-   EtOH ethanol-   GMF glass microfiber filter-   Grubbs II    (1,3-bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-2-imidazolidinylidene)dichloro    (phenylmethylene)(triycyclohexylphosphine)ruthenium-   HCl hydrochloric acid-   HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium    hexafluorophosphate-   HEPES 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperaxine-1-ethanesulfonic acid-   Hex hexane-   HOBt or HOBT 1-hydroxybenzotriazole-   H₂O₂ hydrogen peroxide-   IBX 2-iodoxybenzoic acid-   H₂SO₄ sulfuric acid-   Jones reagent CrO₃ in aqueous H₂SO₄, 2 M solution-   K₂CO₃ potassium carbonate-   K₂HPO₄ potassium phosphate dibasic (potassium hydrogen phosphate)-   KOAc potassium acetate-   K₃PO₄ potassium phosphate tribasic-   LAH lithium aluminum hydride-   LG leaving group-   LiGH lithium hydroxide-   MeOH methanol-   MgSO₄ magnesium sulfate-   MsOH or MSA methylsulfonic acid/methanesulfonic acid-   NaCl sodium chloride-   NaH sodium hydride-   NaHCO₃ sodium bicarbonate-   Na₂CO₃ sodium carbonate-   NaOH sodium hydroxide-   Na₂SO₃ sodium sulfite-   Na₂SO₄ sodium sulfate-   NBS N-bromosuccinimide-   NCS N-chlorosuccinimide-   NH₃ ammonia-   NH₄Cl ammonium chloride-   NH₄OH ammonium hydroxide-   NH₄ ⁺HCO₂ ⁻ ammonium formate-   NMM N-methylmorpholine-   OTf triflate or trifluoromethanesulfonate-   Pd₂(dba)₃ tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-   Pd(OAc)₂ palladium(II) acetate-   Pd/C palladium on carbon-   Pd(dppf)Cl₂    [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)-   Ph₃PCl₂ triphenylphosphine dichloride-   PG protecting group-   POCl₃ phosphorus oxychloride-   PPTS pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate-   i-PrOH or IPA isopropanol-   PS Polystyrene-   RT or rt room temperature-   SEM-Cl 2-(trimethysilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride-   SiO₂ silica oxide-   SnCl₂ tin(II) chloride-   TBAF tra-n-butylammonium fluoride-   TBAI tetra-n-butylammonium iodide-   TFA trifluoroacetic acid-   THF tetrahydrofuran-   THP tetrahydropyran-   TMSCHN₂ Trimethylsilyldiazomethane-   TMSCH₂N₃ Trimethylsilylmethyl azide-   T3P propane phosphonic acid anhydride-   TRIS tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane-   pTsOH p-toluenesulfonic acid

IV. Biology

Lysophospholipids are membrane-derived bioactive lipid mediators.Lysophospholipids include, but are not limited to, lysophosphatidic acid(1-acyl-2-hydroxy-sn-glycero-3-phosphate; LPA), sphingosine 1-phosphate(S1P), lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC), and sphingosylphosphorylcholine(SPC). Lysophospholipids affect fundamental cellular functions thatinclude cellular proliferation, differentiation, survival, migration,adhesion, invasion, and morphogenesis. These functions influence manybiological processes that include neurogenesis, angiogenesis, woundhealing, immunity, and carcinogenesis.

LPA acts through sets of specific G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) inan autocrine and paracrine fashion. LPA binding to its cognate GPCRs(LPA₁, LPA₂, LPA₃, LPA₄, LPA₅, LPA₆) activates intracellular signalingpathways to produce a variety of biological responses.

Lysophospholipids, such as LPA, are quantitatively minor lipid speciescompared to their major phospholipid counterparts (e.g.,phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, and sphingomyelin). LPAhas a role as a biological effector molecule, and has a diverse range ofphysiological actions such as, but not limited to, effects on bloodpressure, platelet activation, and smooth muscle contraction, and avariety of cellular effects, which include cell growth, cell rounding,neurite retraction, and actin stress fiber formation and cell migration.The effects of LPA are predominantly receptor mediated.

Activation of the LPA receptors (LPA₁, LPA₂, LPA₃, LPA₄, LPA₅, LPA₆)with LPA mediates a range of downstream signaling cascades. Theseinclude, but are not limited to, mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK)activation, adenylyl cyclase (AC) inhibition/activation, phospholipase C(PLC) activation/Ca²⁺ mobilization, arachidonic acid release, Akt/PKBactivation, and the activation of small GTPases, Rho, ROCK, Rac, andRas. Other pathways that are affected by LPA receptor activationinclude, but are not limited to, cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP),cell division cycle 42/GTP-binding protein (Cdc42), proto-oncogeneserine/threonine-protein kinase Raf (c-RAF), proto-oncogenetyrosine-protein kinase Src (c-src), extracellular signal-regulatedkinase (ERK), focal adhesion kinase (FAK), guanine nucleotide exchangefactor (GEF), glycogen synthase kinase 3b (GSK3b), c-jun amino-terminalkinase (JNK), MEK, myosin light chain II (MLC II), nuclear factor kB(NF-kB), N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor activation,phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K), protein kinase A (PKA), proteinkinase C (PKC), ras-related C3 botulinum toxin substrate 1 (RAC1). Theactual pathway and realized end point are dependent on a range ofvariables that include receptor usage, cell type, expression level of areceptor or signaling protein, and LPA concentration. Nearly allmammalian cells, tissues and organs co-express several LPA-receptorsubtypes, which indicates that LPA receptors signal in a cooperativemanner. LPA₁, LPA₂, and LPA₃ share high amino acid sequence similarity.

LPA is produced from activated platelets, activated adipocytes, neuronalcells, and other cell types. Serum LPA is produced by multiple enzymaticpathways that involve monoacylglycerol kinase, phospholipase A₁,secretory phospholipase A₂, and lysophospholipase D (lysoPLD), includingautotaxin. Several enzymes are involved in LPA degradation:lysophospholipase, lipid phosphate phosphatase, and LPA acyl transferasesuch as endophilin. LPA concentrations in human serum are estimated tobe 1-5 μM. Serum LPA is bound to albumin, low-density lipoproteins, orother proteins, which possibly protect LPA from rapid degradation. LPAmolecular species with different acyl chain lengths and saturation arenaturally occurring, including 1-palmitoyl (16:0), 1-palmitoleoyl(16:1), 1-stearoyl (18:0), 1-oleoyl (18:1), 1-linoleoyl (18:2), and1-arachidonyl (20:4) LPA. Quantitatively minor alkyl LPA has biologicalactivities similar to acyl LPA, and different LPA species activate LPAreceptor subtypes with varied efficacies.

LPA Receptors

LPA₁ (previously called VZG-1/EDG-2/mrec1.3) couples with three types ofG proteins, G_(i/o), G_(q), and G_(12/13). Through activation of these Gproteins, LPA induces a range of cellular responses through LPA₁including but not limited to: cell proliferation, serum-response element(SRE) activation, mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) activation,adenylyl cyclase (AC) inhibition, phospholipase C (PLC) activation, Ca²⁺mobilization, Akt activation, and Rho activation.

Wide expression of LPA₁ is observed in adult mice, with clear presencein testis, brain, heart, lung, small intestine, stomach, spleen, thymus,and skeletal muscle. Similarly, human tissues also express LPA₁; it ispresent in brain, heart, lung, placenta, colon, small intestine,prostate, testis, ovary, pancreas, spleen, kidney, skeletal muscle, andthymus.

LPA₂ (EDG-4) also couples with three types of G proteins, G_(i/o),G_(q), and G_(12/13), to mediate LPA-induced cellular signaling.Expression of LPA₂ is observed in the testis, kidney, lung, thymus,spleen, and stomach of adult mice and in the human testis, pancreas,prostate, thymus, spleen, and peripheral blood leukocytes. Expression ofLPA₂ is upregulated in various cancer cell lines, and several human LPA₂transcriptional variants with mutations in the 3′-untranslated regionhave been observed. Targeted deletion of LPA₂ in mice has not shown anyobvious phenotypic abnormalities, but has demonstrated a significantloss of normal LPA signaling (e.g., PLC activation, Ca²⁺ mobilization,and stress fiber formation) in primary cultures of mouse embryonicfibroblasts (MEFs). Creation of lpa1 (−/−) lpa2 (−/−) double-null micehas revealed that many LPA-induced responses, which include cellproliferation, AC inhibition, PLC activation, Ca²⁺ mobilization, JNK andAkt activation, and stress fiber formation, are absent or severelyreduced in double-null MEFs. All these responses, except for ACinhibition (AC inhibition is nearly abolished in LPA₁ (−/−) MEFs), areonly partially affected in either LPA₁ (−/−) or LPA₂ (−/−) MEFs. LPA₂contributes to normal LPA-mediated signaling responses in at least somecell types (Choi et al, Biochemica et Biophysica Acta 2008, 1781, p531-539).

LPA₃ (EDG-7) is distinct from LPA₁ and LPA₂ in its ability to couplewith G_(i/o) and G_(q) but not G_(12/13) and is much less responsive toLPA species with saturated acyl chains. LPA₃ can mediate pleiotropicLPA-induced signaling that includes PLC activation, Ca²⁺ mobilization,AC inhibition/activation, and MAPK activation. Overexpression of LPA₃ inneuroblastoma cells leads to neurite elongation, whereas that of LPA₁ orLPA₂ results in neurite retraction and cell rounding when stimulatedwith LPA. Expression of LPA₃ is observed in adult mouse testis, kidney,lung, small intestine, heart, thymus, and brain. In humans, it is foundin the heart, pancreas, prostate, testis, lung, ovary, and brain(frontal cortex, hippocampus, and amygdala).

LPA₄ (p2y₉/GPR23) is of divergent sequence compared to LPA₁, LPA₂, andLPA₃ with closer similarity to the platelet-activating factor (PAF)receptor. LPA₄ mediates LPA induced Ca²⁺ mobilization and cAMPaccumulation, and functional coupling to the G protein Gs for ACactivation, as well as coupling to other G proteins. The LPA₄ gene isexpressed in the ovary, pancreas, thymus, kidney and skeletal muscle.

LPA₅ (GPR92) is a member of the purinocluster of GPCRs and isstructurally most closely related to LPA₄. LPA₅ is expressed in humanheart, placenta, spleen, brain, lung and gut. LPA₅ also shows very highexpression in the CD8+ lymphocyte compartment of the gastrointestinaltract.

LPA₆ (p2y5) is a member of the purinocluster of GPCRs and isstructurally most closely related to LPA₄. LPA₆ is an LPA receptorcoupled to the G12/13-Rho signaling pathways and is expressed in theinner root sheaths of human hair follicles.

Illustrative Biological Activity

Wound Healing

Normal wound healing occurs by a highly coordinated sequence of eventsin which cellular, soluble factors and matrix components act in concertto repair the injury. The healing response can be described as takingplace in four broad, overlapping phases—hemostasis, inflammation,proliferation, and remodeling. Many growth factors and cytokines arereleased into a wound site to initiate and perpetuate wound healingprocesses.

When wounded, damaged blood vessels activate platelets. The activatedplatelets play pivotal roles in subsequent repair processes by releasingbioactive mediators to induce cell proliferation, cell migration, bloodcoagulation, and angiogenesis. LPA is one such mediator that is releasedfrom activated platelets; this induces platelet aggregation along withmitogenic/migration effects on the surrounding cells, such asendothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, and keratinocytes.

Topical application of LPA to cutaneous wounds in mice promotes repairprocesses (wound closure and increased neoepithelial thickness) byincreasing cell proliferation/migration without affecting secondaryinflammation.

Activation of dermal fibroblasts by growth factors and cytokines leadsto their subsequent migration from the edges of the wound into theprovisional matrix formed by the fibrin clot whereupon the fibroblastsproliferate and start to restore the dermis by secreting and organizingthe characteristic dermal extracellular matrix (ECM). The increasingnumber of fibroblasts within the wound and continuous precipitation ofECM enhances matrix rigidity by applying small tractional forces to thenewly formed granulation tissue. The increase in mechanical stress, inconjunction with transforming growth factor β (TGFβ), induces α-smoothmuscle actin (α-SMA) expression and the subsequent transformation offibroblasts into myofibroblasts. Myofibroblasts facilitate granulationtissue remodeling via myofibroblast contraction and through theproduction of ECM components.

LPA regulates many important functions of fibroblasts in wound healing,including proliferation, migration, differentiation and contraction.Fibroblast proliferation is required in wound healing in order to fillan open wound. In contrast, fibrosis is characterized by intenseproliferation and accumulation of myofibroblasts that activelysynthesize ECM and proinflammatory cytokines. LPA can either increase orsuppress the proliferation of cell types important in wound healing,such as epithelial and endothelial cells (EC), macrophages,keratinocytes, and fibroblasts. A role for LPA₁ in LPA-inducedproliferation was provided by the observation that LPA-stimulatedproliferation of fibroblasts isolated from LPA₁ receptor null mice wasattenuated (Mills et al, Nat Rev. Cancer 2003; 3: 582-591). LPA inducescytoskeletal changes that are integral to fibroblast adhesion,migration, differentiation and contraction.

Fibrosis

Tissue injury initiates a complex series of host wound-healingresponses; if successful, these responses restore normal tissuestructure and function. If not, these responses can lead to tissuefibrosis and loss of function.

For the majority of organs and tissues the development of fibrosisinvolves a multitude of events and factors. Molecules involved in thedevelopment of fibrosis include proteins or peptides (profibroticcytokines, chemokines, metalloproteinases etc.) and phospholipids.Phospholipids involved in the development of fibrosis include plateletactivating factor (PAF), phosphatidyl choline, sphingosine-1 phosphate(SIP) and lysophosphatidic acid (LPA).

A number of muscular dystrophies are characterized by a progressiveweakness and wasting of musculature, and by extensive fibrosis. It hasbeen shown that LPA treatment of cultured myoblasts induced significantexpression of connective tissue growth factor (CTGF). CTGF subsequentlyinduces collagen, fibronectin and integrin expression and inducesdedifferentiation of these myoblasts. Treatment of a variety of celltypes with LPA induces reproducible and high level induction of CTGF (J.P. Pradere, et al., LPA₁ receptor activation promotes renal interstitialfibrosis, J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 18 (2007) 3110-3118; N. Wiedmaier, etal., Int J Med Microbiol; 298(3-4):231-43, 2008). CTGF is a profibroticcytokine, signaling down-stream and in parallel with TGFβ.

CTGF expression by gingival epithelial cells, which are involved in thedevelopment of gingival fibromatosis, was found to be exacerbated by LPAtreatment (A. Kantarci, et al., J. Pathol. 210 (2006) 59-66).

LPA is associated with the progression of liver fibrosis. In vitro, LPAinduces stellate cell and hepatocyte proliferation. These activatedcells are the main cell type responsible for the accumulation of ECM inthe liver. Furthermore, LPA plasma levels rise during CCl₄-induced liverfibrosis in rodents, or in hepatitis C virus-induced liver fibrosis inhumans (N. Watanabe, et al., Plasma lysophosphatidic acid level andserum autotaxin activity are increased in liver injury in rats inrelation to its severity, Life Sci. 81 (2007) 1009-1015; N. Watanabe, etal., J. Clin. Gastroenterol. 41 (2007) 616-623).

An increase of phospholipid concentrations in the bronchoalveolar lavagefluid in rabbits and rodents injected with bleomycin has been reported(K. Kuroda, et al., Phospholipid concentration in lung lavage fluid asbiomarker for pulmonary fibrosis, Inhal. Toxicol. 18 (2006) 389-393; K.Yasuda, et al., Lung 172 (1994) 91-102).

LPA is associated with heart disease and mycocardial remodeling. SerumLPA levels are increased after myocardial infarction in patients and LPAstimulates rat cardiac fibroblast proliferation and collagen production(Chen et al. FEBS Lett. 2006 Aug. 21; 580(19):4737-45).

Pulmonary Fibrosis

In the lung, aberrant wound healing responses to injury contribute tothe pathogenesis of fibrotic lung diseases. Fibrotic lung diseases, suchas idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), are associated with highmorbidity and mortality.

LPA is an important mediator of fibroblast recruitment in pulmonaryfibrosis. LPA and LPA₁ play key pathogenic roles in pulmonary fibrosis.Fibroblast chemoattractant activity plays an important role in the lungsin patients with pulmonary fibrosis. Profibrotic effects ofLPA₁-receptor stimulation is explained by LPA₁-receptor-mediatedvascular leakage and increased fibroblast recruitment, both profibroticevents. The LPA-LPA₁ pathway has a role in mediating fibroblastmigration and vascular leakage in IPF. The end result is the aberranthealing process that characterizes this fibrotic condition.

The LPA₁ receptor is the LPA receptor most highly expressed onfibroblasts obtained from patients with IPF. Furthermore, BAL obtainedfrom IPF patients induced chemotaxis of human foetal lung fibroblaststhat was blocked by the dual LPA₁-LPA₃ receptor antagonist Ki16425. Inan experimental bleomycin-induced lung injury mouse model, it was shownthat LPA levels were high in bronchoalveolar lavage samples comparedwith unexposed controls. LPA₁ knockout mice are protected from fibrosisafter bleomycin challenge with reduced fibroblast accumulation andvascular leakage. In human subjects with IPF, high LPA levels wereobserved in bronchoalveolar lavage samples compared with healthycontrols. Increased fibroblast chemotactic activity in these samples wasinhibited by the Ki16425 indicating that fibroblast migration ismediated by the LPA-LPA receptor(s) pathway (Tager et al. NatureMedicine, 2008, 14, 45-54).

The LPA-LPA₁ pathway is crucial in fibroblast recruitment and vascularleakage in pulmonary fibrosis.

Activation of latent TGF-β by the αvβ6 integrin plays a critical role inthe development of lung injury and fibrosis (Munger et al. Cell, vol.96, 319-328, 1999). LPA induces αvβ6-mediated TGF-β activation on humanlung epithelial cells (Xu et al. Am. J. Pathology, 2009, 174,1264-1279). The LPA-induced αvβ6-mediated TGF-β activation is mediatedby the LPA₂ receptor. Expression of the LPA₂ receptor is increased inepithelial cells and mesenchymal cells in areas of lung fibrosis fromIPF patients compared to normal human lung tissue. The LPA-LPA₂ pathwaycontributes to the activation of the TGF-β pathway in pulmonaryfibrosis. In some embodiments, compounds that inhibit LPA₂ show efficacyin the treatment of lung fibrosis. In some embodiments, compounds thatinhibit both LPA₁ and LPA₂ show improved efficacy in the treatment oflung fibrosis compared to compounds which inhibit only LPA₁ or LPA₂.

The LPA₁ antagonist BMS-986020 was shown to significantly reduce therate of FVC (forced vital capacity) decline in a 26-week clinical trialin IPF patients (Palmer et al., Chest, 2018, 154, 1061-1069).

Renal Fibrosis

LPA and LPA₁ are involved in the etiology of kidney fibrosis. LPA haseffects on both proliferation and contraction of glomerular mesangialcells and thus has been implicated in proliferative glomerulonephritis(C. N. Inoue, et al., Clin. Sci. (Colch.) 1999, 96, 431-436). In ananimal model of renal fibrosis [unilateral ureteral obstruction (UUO)],it was found that renal LPA receptors are expressed under basalconditions with an expression order of LPA₂>LPA₃=LPA₁>>LPA₄. This modelmimics in an accelerated manner the development of renal fibrosisincluding renal inflammation, fibroblast activation and accumulation ofextracellular matrix in the tubulointerstitium. UUO significantlyinduced LPA₁-receptor expression. This was paralleled by renal LPAproduction (3.3 fold increase) in conditioned media from kidneyexplants. Contra-lateral kidneys exhibited no significant changes in LPArelease and LPA-receptors expression. This shows that a prerequisite foran action of LPA in fibrosis is met: production of a ligand (LPA) andinduction of one of its receptors (the LPA₁ receptor) (J. P. Pradere etal., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 2008, 1781, 582-587).

In mice where the LPA₁ receptor was knocked out (LPA₁ (−/−), thedevelopment of renal fibrosis was significantly attenuated. UUO micetreated with the LPA receptor antagonist Ki16425 closely resembled theprofile of LPA₁ (−/−) mice.

LPA can participate in intraperitonial accumulation ofmonocyte/macrophages and LPA can induce expression of the profibroticcytokine CTGF in primary cultures of human fibroblasts (J. S. Koh, etal., J. Clin. Invest., 1998, 102, 716-727).

LPA treatment of a mouse epithelial renal cell line, MCT, induced arapid increase in the expression of the profibrotic cytokine CTGF. CTGFplays a crucial role in UUO-induced tubulointerstitial fibrosis (TIF),and is involved in the profibrotic activity of TGFβ. This induction wasalmost completely suppressed by co-treatment with the LPA-receptorantagonist Ki16425. In one aspect, the profibrotic activity of LPA inkidney results from a direct action of LPA on kidney cells involvinginduction of CTGF.

Hepatic Fibrosis

LPA is implicated in liver disease and fibrosis. Plasma LPA levels andserum autotaxin (enzyme responsible for LPA production) are elevated inhepatitis patients and animal models of liver injury in correlation withincreased fibrosis. LPA also regulates liver cell function. LPA₁ andLPA₂ receptors are expressed by mouse hepatic stellate cells and LPAstimulates migration of hepatic myofibroblasts.

Ocular Fibrosis

LPA is in involved in wound healing in the eye. LPA₁ and LPA₃ receptorsare detectable in the normal rabbit corneal epithelial cells,keratocytes and endothelial cells and LPA₁ and LPA₃ expression areincreased in corneal epithelial cells following injury.

LPA and its homologues are present in the aqueous humor and the lacrimalgland fluid of the rabbit eye and these levels are increased in a rabbitcorneal injury model.

LPA induces actin stress fiber formation in rabbit corneal endothelialand epithelial cells and promotes contraction corneal fibroblasts. LPAalso stimulates proliferation of human retinal pigmented epithelialcells

Cardiac Fibrosis

LPA is implicated in myocardial infarction and cardiac fibrosis. SerumLPA levels are increased in patients following mycocardial infarction(MI) and LPA stimulates proliferation and collagen production (fibrosis)by rat cardiac fibroblasts. Both LPA1 and LPA3 receptors are highlyexpressed in human heart tissue.

Treatment of Fibrosis

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to treat or prevent fibrosisin a mammal. In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to treatfibrosis of an organ or tissue in a mammal. In one aspect is a methodfor preventing a fibrosis condition in a mammal, the method comprisingadministering to the mammal at risk of developing one or more fibrosisconditions a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.In one aspect, the mammal has been exposed to one or more environmentalconditions that are known to increase the risk of fibrosis of an organor tissue. In one aspect, the mammal has been exposed to one or moreenvironmental conditions that are known to increase the risk of lung,liver or kidney fibrosis. In one aspect, the mammal has a geneticpredisposition of developing fibrosis of an organ or tissue. In oneaspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administered to a mammal toprevent or minimize scarring following injury. In one aspect, injuryincludes surgery.

The terms “fibrosis” or “fibrosing disorder,” as used herein, refers toconditions that are associated with the abnormal accumulation of cellsand/or fibronectin and/or collagen and/or increased fibroblastrecruitment and include but are not limited to fibrosis of individualorgans or tissues such as the heart, kidney, liver, joints, lung,pleural tissue, peritoneal tissue, skin, cornea, retina, musculoskeletaland digestive tract.

Exemplary diseases, disorders, or conditions that involve fibrosisinclude, but are not limited to: Lung diseases associated with fibrosis,e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis secondary tosystemic inflammatory disease such as rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma,lupus, cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis, radiation induced fibrosis,chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), scleroderma, chronicasthma, silicosis, asbestos induced pulmonary or pleural fibrosis, acutelung injury and acute respiratory distress (including bacterialpneumonia induced, trauma induced, viral pneumonia induced, ventilatorinduced, non-pulmonary sepsis induced, and aspiration induced); Chronicnephropathies associated with injury/fibrosis (kidney fibrosis), e.g.,glomerulonephritis secondary to systemic inflammatory diseases such aslupus and scleroderma, diabetes, glomerular nephritis, focal segmentalglomerular sclerosis, IgA nephropathy, hypertension, allograft andAlport; Gut fibrosis, e.g., scleroderma, and radiation induced gutfibrosis; Liver fibrosis, e.g., cirrhosis, alcohol induced liverfibrosis, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), biliary duct injury,primary biliary cirrhosis, infection or viral induced liver fibrosis(e.g., chronic HCV infection), and autoimmune hepatitis; Head and neckfibrosis, e.g., radiation induced; Corneal scarring, e.g., LASIK(laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis), corneal transplant, andtrabeculectomy; Hypertrophic scarring and keloids, e.g., burn induced orsurgical; and other fibrotic diseases, e.g., sarcoidosis, scleroderma,spinal cord injury/fibrosis, myelofibrosis, vascular restenosis,atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, mixedconnective tissue disease, and Peyronie's disease.

In one aspect, a mammal suffering from one of the following non-limitingexemplary diseases, disorders, or conditions will benefit from therapywith a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof: atherosclerosis, thrombosis, heartdisease, vasculitis, formation of scar tissue, restenosis, phlebitis,COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease), pulmonary hypertension,pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary inflammation, bowel adhesions, bladderfibrosis and cystitis, fibrosis of the nasal passages, sinusitis,inflammation mediated by neutrophils, and fibrosis mediated byfibroblasts.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administered to a mammal withfibrosis of an organ or tissue or with a predisposition of developingfibrosis of an organ or tissue with one or more other agents that areused to treat fibrosis. In one aspect, the one or more agents includecorticosteroids. In one aspect, the one or more agents includeimmunosuppressants. In one aspect, the one or more agents include B-cellantagonists. In one aspect, the one or more agents include uteroglobin.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to treat a dermatologicaldisorders in a mammal. The term “dermatological disorder,” as usedherein refers to a skin disorder. Such dermatological disorders include,but are not limited to, proliferative or inflammatory disorders of theskin such as, atopic dermatitis, bullous disorders, collagenoses,psoriasis, scleroderma, psoriatic lesions, dermatitis, contactdermatitis, eczema, urticaria, rosacea, wound healing, scarring,hypertrophic scarring, keloids, Kawasaki Disease, rosacea,Sjogren-Larsso Syndrome, urticaria. In one aspect, a compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,is used to treat systemic sclerosis.

Pain

Since LPA is released following tissue injury, LPA₁ plays an importantrole in the initiation of neuropathic pain. LPA₁, unlike LPA₂ or LPA₃,is expressed in both dorsal root ganglion (DRG) and dorsal root neurons.Using the antisense oligodeoxynucleotide (AS-ODN) for LPA₁ and LPA₁-nullmice, it was found that LPA-induced mechanical allodynia andhyperalgesia is mediated in an LPA₁-dependent manner. LPA₁ anddownstream Rho-ROCK activation play a role in the initiation ofneuropathic pain signaling. Pretreatment with Clostridium botulinum C3exoenzyme (BoTXC3, Rho inhibitor) or Y-27632 (ROCK inhibitor) completelyabolished the allodynia and hyperalgesia in nerve-injured mice. LPA alsoinduced demyelination of the dorsal root, which was prevented by BoTXC3.The dorsal root demyelination by injury was not observed in LPA₁-nullmice or AS-ODN injected wild-type mice. LPA signaling appears to induceimportant neuropathic pain markers such as protein kinase Cγ (PKCγ) anda voltage-gated calcium channel α2β1 subunit (Caα2δ1) in an LPA₁ andRho-dependent manner (M. Inoue, et al., Initiation of neuropathic painrequires lysophosphatidic acid receptor signaling, Nat. Med. 10 (2004)712-718).

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment of pain ina mammal. In one aspect, the pain is acute pain or chronic pain. Inanother aspect, the pain is neuropathic pain.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment offibromylagia. In one aspect, fibromyalgia stems from the formation offibrous scar tissue in contractile (voluntary) muscles. Fibrosis bindsthe tissue and inhibits blood flow, resulting in pain.

Cancer

Lysophospholipid receptor signaling plays a role in the etiology ofcancer. Lysophosphatidic acid (LPA) and its G protein-coupled receptors(GPCRs) LPA₁, LPA₂, and/or LPA₃ play a role in the development ofseveral types of cancers. The initiation, progression and metastasis ofcancer involve several concurrent and sequential processes includingcell proliferation and growth, survival and anti-apoptosis, migration ofcells, penetration of foreign cells into defined cellular layers and/ororgans, and promotion of angiogenesis. The control of each of theseprocesses by LPA signaling in physiological and pathophysiologicalconditions underscores the potential therapeutic usefulness ofmodulating LPA signaling pathways for the treatment of cancer,especially at the level of the LPA receptors or ATX/lysoPLD. Autotaxin(ATX) is a prometastatic enzyme initially isolated from the conditionedmedium of human melanoma cells that stimulates a myriad of biologicalactivities, including angiogenesis and the promotion of cell growth,migration, survival, and differentiation through the production of LPA(Mol Cancer Ther 2008; 7(10):3352-62).

LPA signals through its own GPCRs leading to activation of multipledownstream effector pathways. Such downstream effector pathways play arole in cancer. LPA and its GPCRs are linked to cancer through majoroncogenic signaling pathways.

LPA contributes to tumorigenesis by increasing motility and invasivenessof cells. LPA has been implicated in the initiation or progression ofovarian cancer. LPA is present at significant concentrations (2-80 μM)in the ascitic fluid of ovarian cancer patients. Ovarian cancer cellsconstitutively produce increased amounts of LPA as compared to normalovarian surface epithelial cells, the precursor of ovarian epithelialcancer. Elevated LPA levels are also detected in plasma from patientswith early-stage ovarian cancers compared with controls. LPA receptors(LPA₂ and LPA₃) are also overexpressed in ovarian cancer cells ascompared to normal ovarian surface epithelial cells. LPA stimulatesCox-2 expression through transcriptional activation andpost-transcriptional enhancement of Cox-2 mRNA in ovarian cancer cells.Prostaglandins produced by Cox-2 have been implicated in a number ofhuman cancers and pharmacological inhibition of Cox-2 activity reducescolon cancer development and decreases the size and number of adenomasin patients with familial adenomatous polyposis. LPA has also beenimplicated in the initiation or progression of prostate cancer, breastcancer, melanoma, head and neck cancer, bowel cancer (colorectalcancer), thyroid cancer and other cancers (Gardell et al, Trends inMolecular Medicine, vol. 12, no. 2, p 65-75, 2006; Ishii et al, Annu.Rev. Biochem, 73, 321-354, 2004; Mills et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer, 3,582-591, 2003; Murph et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1781,547-557, 2008).

The cellular responses to LPA are mediated through the lysophosphatidicacid receptors. For example, LPA receptors mediate both migration of andinvasion by pancreatic cancer cell lines: an antagonist of LPA₁ and LPA₃(Ki16425) and LPA₁-specific siRNA effectively blocked in vitro migrationin response to LPA and peritoneal fluid (ascites) from pancreatic cancerpatients; in addition, Ki16425 blocked the LPA-induced andascites-induced invasion activity of a highly peritoneal metastaticpancreatic cancer cell line (Yamada et al, J. Biol. Chem., 279,6595-6605, 2004).

Colorectal carcinoma cell lines show significant expression of LPA₁ mRNAand respond to LPA by cell migration and production of angiogenicfactors. Overexpression of LPA receptors has a role in the pathogenesisof thyroid cancer. LPA₃ was originally cloned from prostate cancercells, concordant with the ability of LPA to induce autocrineproliferation of prostate cancer cells.

LPA has stimulatory roles in cancer progression in many types of cancer.LPA is produced from and induces proliferation of prostate cancer celllines. LPA induces human colon carcinoma DLD1 cell proliferation,migration, adhesion, and secretion of angiogenic factors through LPA₁signaling. In other human colon carcinoma cells lines (HT29 and WiDR),LPA enhances cell proliferation and secretion of angiogenic factors. Inother colon cancer cell lines, LPA₂ and LPA₃ receptor activation resultsin proliferation of the cells. The genetic or pharmacologicalmanipulation of LPA metabolism, specific blockade of receptor signaling,and/or inhibition of downstream signal transduction pathways, representapproaches for cancer therapies.

It has been reported that LPA and other phospholipids stimulateexpression of interleukin-8 (IL-8) in ovarian cancer cell lines. In someembodiments, high concentrations of IL-8 in ovarian cancer correlatewith poor initial response to chemotherapy and with poor prognosis,respectively. In animal models, expression of IL-8 and other growthfactors such as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) is associatedwith increased tumorigenicity, ascites formation, angiogenesis, andinvasiveness of ovarian cancer cells. In some aspects, IL-8 is animportant modulator of cancer progression, drug resistance, andprognosis in ovarian cancer. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib) inhibits or reduces IL-8 expression in ovarian cancer celllines.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment of cancer.In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment ofmalignant and benign proliferative disease. In one aspect, a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, is used to prevent or reduce proliferation of tumor cells,invasion and metastasis of carcinomas, pleural mesothelioma (Yamada,Cancer Sci., 2008, 99(8), 1603-1610) or peritoneal mesothelioma, cancerpain, bone metastases (Boucharaba et al, J. Clin. Invest., 2004,114(12), 1714-1725; Boucharaba et al, Proc. Natl. acad. Sci., 2006,103(25) 9643-9648). In one aspect is a method of treating cancer in amammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, and a second therapeutic agent, wherein the second therapeuticagent is an anti-cancer agent.

The term “cancer,” as used herein refers to an abnormal growth of cellswhich tend to proliferate in an uncontrolled way and, in some cases, tometastasize (spread). The types of cancer include, but is not limitedto, solid tumors (such as those of the bladder, bowel, brain, breast,endometrium, heart, kidney, lung, lymphatic tissue (lymphoma), ovary,pancreas or other endocrine organ (thyroid), prostate, skin (melanoma orbasal cell cancer) or hematological tumors (such as the leukemias) atany stage of the disease with or without metastases.

Additional non-limiting examples of cancers include, acute lymphoblasticleukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, adrenocortical carcinoma, anal cancer,appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, basalcell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer(osteosarcoma and malignant fibrous histiocytoma), brain stem glioma,brain tumors, brain and spinal cord tumors, breast cancer, bronchialtumors, Burkitt lymphoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia,chronic myelogenous leukemia, colon cancer, colorectal cancer,craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-Cell lymphoma, embryonal tumors,endometrial cancer, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,ewing sarcoma family of tumors, eye cancer, retinoblastoma, gallbladdercancer, gastric (stomach) cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor,gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST), gastrointestinal stromal celltumor, germ cell tumor, glioma, hairy cell leukemia, head and neckcancer, hepatocellular (liver) cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngealcancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors (endocrine pancreas),Kaposi sarcoma, kidney cancer, Langerhans cell histiocytosis, laryngealcancer, leukemia, Acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia,chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, hairy cellleukemia, liver cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lungcancer, Burkitt lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin lymphoma,non-Hodgkin lymphoma, lymphoma, Waldenström macroglobulinemia,medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, melanoma, mesothelioma, mouthcancer, chronic myelogenous leukemia, myeloid leukemia, multiplemyeloma, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma,non-small cell lung cancer, oral cancer, oropharyngeal cancer,osteosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone, ovarian cancer,ovarian epithelial cancer, ovarian germ cell tumor, ovarian lowmalignant potential tumor, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis,parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pineal parenchymaltumors of intermediate differentiation, pineoblastoma and supratentorialprimitive neuroectodermal tumors, pituitary tumor, plasma cellneoplasm/multiple myeloma, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary centralnervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cell(kidney) cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary glandcancer, sarcoma, Ewing sarcoma family of tumors, sarcoma, kaposi, Sézarysyndrome, skin cancer, small cell Lung cancer, small intestine cancer,soft tissue sarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma, stomach (gastric) cancer,supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, T-cell lymphoma,testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroidcancer, urethral cancer, uterine cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginalcancer, vulvar cancer, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, Wilms tumor.

The increased concentrations of LPA and vesicles in ascites from ovariancancer patients and breast cancer effussions indicate that it could bean early diagnostic marker, a prognostic indicator or an indicator ofresponse to therapy (Mills et al, Nat. Rev. Cancer., 3, 582-591, 2003;Sutphen et al., Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 13, 1185-1191, 2004).LPA concentrations are consistently higher in ascites samples than inmatched plasma samples.

Respiratory and Allergic Disorders

In one aspect, LPA is a contributor to the pathogenesis of respiratorydiseases. In one aspect the respiratory disease is asthma.Proinflammatory effects of LPA include degranulation of mast cells,contraction of smooth-muscle cells and release of cytokines fromdendritic cells. Airway smooth muscle cells, epithelial cells and lungfibroblasts all show responses to LPA. LPA induces the secretion of IL-8from human bronchial epithelial cells. IL-8 is found in increasedconcentrations in BAL fluids from patients with asthma, chronicobstructive lung disease, pulmonary sarcoidosis and acute respiratorydistress syndrome and IL-8 has been shown to exacerbate airwayinflammation and airway remodeling of asthmatics. LPA₁, LPA₂ and LPA₃receptors have all been shown to contribute to the LPA-induced IL-8production. Studies cloning multiple GPCRs that are activated by LPAallowed the demonstration of the presence of mRNA for the LPA₁, LPA₂ andLPA₃ in the lung (J. J. A. Contos, et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 58,1188-1196, 2000).

The release of LPA from platelets activated at a site of injury and itsability to promote fibroblast proliferation and contraction are featuresof LPA as a mediator of wound repair. In the context of airway disease,asthma is an inflammatory disease where inappropriate airway “repair”processes lead to structural “remodeling” of the airway. In asthma, thecells of the airway are subject to ongoing injury due to a variety ofinsults, including allergens, pollutants, other inhaled environmentalagents, bacteria and viruses, leading to the chronic inflammation thatcharacterizes asthma.

In one aspect, in the asthmatic individual, the release of normal repairmediators, including LPA, is exaggerated or the actions of the repairmediators are inappropriately prolonged leading to inappropriate airwayremodeling. Major structural features of the remodeled airway observedin asthma include a thickened lamina reticularis (the basementmembrane-like structure just beneath the airway epithelial cells),increased numbers and activation of myofibroblasts, thickening of thesmooth muscle layer, increased numbers of mucus glands and mucussecretions, and alterations in the connective tissue and capillary bedthroughout the airway wall. In one aspect, LPA contributes to thesestructural changes in the airway. In one aspect, LPA is involved inacute airway hyperresponsiveness in asthma. The lumen of the remodeledasthmatic airway is narrower due to the thickening of the airway wall,thus decreasing airflow. In one aspect, LPA contributes to the long-termstructural remodeling and the acute hyperresponsiveness of the asthmaticairway. In one aspect, LPA contributes to the hyper-responsiveness thatis a primary feature of acute exacerbations of asthma.

In addition to the cellular responses mediated by LPA, several of theLPA signaling pathway components leading to these responses are relevantto asthma. EGF receptor upregulation is induced by LPA and is also seenin asthmatic airways (M. Amishima, et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. CareMed. 157, 1907-1912, 1998). Chronic inflammation is a contributor toasthma, and several of the transcription factors that are activated byLPA are known to be involved in inflammation (Ediger et al., Eur RespirJ 21:759-769, 2003).

In one aspect, the fibroblast proliferation and contraction andextracellular matrix secretion stimulated by LPA contributes to thefibroproliferative features of other airway diseases, such as theperibronchiolar fibrosis present in chronic bronchitis, emphysema, andinterstitial lung disease. Emphysema is also associated with a mildfibrosis of the alveolar wall, a feature which is believed to representan attempt to repair alveolar damage. In another aspect, LPA plays arole in the fibrotic interstitial lung diseases and obliterativebronchiolitis, where both collagen and myofibroblasts are increased. Inanother aspect, LPA is involved in several of the various syndromes thatconstitute chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

Administration of LPA in vivo induces airway hyper-responsiveness,itch-scratch responses, infiltration and activation of eosinophils andneutrophils, vascular remodeling, and nociceptive flexor responses. LPAalso induces histamine release from mouse and rat mast cells. In anacute allergic reaction, histamine induces various responses, such ascontraction of smooth muscle, plasma exudation, and mucus production.Plasma exudation is important in the airway, because the leakage andsubsequent airway-wall edema contribute to the development of airwayhyperresponsiveness. Plasma exudation progresses to conjunctivalswelling in ocular allergic disorder and nasal blockage in allergicrhinitis (Hashimoto et al., J Pharmacol Sci 100, 82-87, 2006). In oneaspect, plasma exudation induced by LPA is mediated by histamine releasefrom mast cells via one or more LPA receptors. In one aspect, the LPAreceptor(s) include LPA₁ and/or LPA₃. In one aspect, a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, is used in the treatment of various allergic disorders in amammal. In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in thetreatment of respiratory diseases, disorders or conditions in a mammal.In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment of asthmain a mammal. In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in thetreatment of chronic asthma in a mammal.

The term “respiratory disease,” as used herein, refers to diseasesaffecting the organs that are involved in breathing, such as the nose,throat, larynx, eustachian tubes, trachea, bronchi, lungs, relatedmuscles (e.g., diaphram and intercostals), and nerves. Respiratorydiseases include, but are not limited to, asthma, adult respiratorydistress syndrome and allergic (extrinsic) asthma, non-allergic(intrinsic) asthma, acute severe asthma, chronic asthma, clinicalasthma, nocturnal asthma, allergen-induced asthma, aspirin-sensitiveasthma, exercise-induced asthma, isocapnic hyperventilation, child-onsetasthma, adult-onset asthma, cough-variant asthma, occupational asthma,steroid-resistant asthma, seasonal asthma, seasonal allergic rhinitis,perennial allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,including chronic bronchitis or emphysema, pulmonary hypertension,interstitial lung fibrosis and/or airway inflammation and cysticfibrosis, and hypoxia.

The term “asthma” as used herein refers to any disorder of the lungscharacterized by variations in pulmonary gas flow associated with airwayconstriction of whatever cause (intrinsic, extrinsic, or both; allergicor non-allergic). The term asthma may be used with one or moreadjectives to indicate cause.

In one aspect, presented herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, inthe treatment or prevention of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease ina mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least once aneffective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In addition,chronic obstructive pulmonary disease includes, but is not limited to,chronic bronchitis or emphysema, pulmonary hypertension, interstitiallung fibrosis and/or airway inflammation, and cystic fibrosis.

Nervous System

The nervous system is a major locus for LPA₁ expression; there it isspatially and temporally regulated throughout brain development.Oligodendrocytes, the myelinating cells in the central nervous system(CNS), express LPA₁ in mammals. In addition, Schwann cells, themyelinating cells of the peripheral nervous system, also express LPA₁,which is involved in regulating Schwann cell survival and morphology.These observations identify important functions for receptor-mediatedLPA signaling in neurogenesis, cell survival, and myelination.

Exposure of peripheral nervous system cell lines to LPA produces a rapidretraction of their processes resulting in cell rounding, which was, inpart, mediated by polymerization of the actin cytoskeleton. In oneaspect, LPA causes neuronal degeneration under pathological conditionswhen the blood-brain barrier is damaged and serum components leak intothe brain (Moolenaar, Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 7:203-10, 1995).Immortalized CNS neuroblast cell lines from the cerebral cortex alsodisplay retraction responses to LPA exposure through Rho activation andactomyosin interactions. In one aspect, LPA is associated withpost-ischemic neural damage (J. Neurochem. 61, 340, 1993; J. Neurochem.,70:66, 1998).

In one aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in thetreatment or prevention of a nervous system disorder in a mammal. Theterm “nervous system disorder,” as used herein, refers to conditionsthat alter the structure or function of the brain, spinal cord orperipheral nervous system, including but not limited to Alzheimer'sDisease, cerebral edema, cerebral ischemia, stroke, multiple sclerosis,neuropathies, Parkinson's Disease, those found after blunt or surgicaltrauma (including post-surgical cognitive dysfunction and spinal cord orbrain stem injury), as well as the neurological aspects of disorderssuch as degenerative disk disease and sciatica.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in thetreatment or prevention of a CNS disorder in a mammal. CNS disordersinclude, but are not limited to, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson'sdisease, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, cerebral ischemia, retinalischemia, post-surgical cognitive dysfunction, migraine, peripheralneuropathy/neuropathic pain, spinal cord injury, cerebral edema and headinjury.

Cardiovascular Disorders

Cardiovascular phenotypes observed after targeted deletion oflysophospholipid receptors reveal important roles for lysophospholipidsignaling in the development and maturation of blood vessels, formationof atherosclerotic plaques and maintenance of heart rate (Ishii, I. etal. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 73, 321-354, 2004). Angiogenesis, the formationof new capillary networks from pre-existing vasculature, is normallyinvoked in wound healing, tissue growth and myocardial angiogenesisafter ischemic injury. Peptide growth factors (e.g. vascular endothelialgrowth factor (VEGF)) and lysophospholipids control coordinatedproliferation, migration, adhesion, differentiation and assembly ofvascular endothelial cells (VECs) and surrounding vascular smooth-musclecells (VSMCs). In one aspect, dysregulation of the processes mediatingangiogenesis leads to atherosclerosis, hypertension, tumor growth,rheumatoid arthritis and diabetic retinopathy (Osborne, N. and Stainier,D. Y. Annu. Rev. Physiol. 65, 23-43, 2003).

Downstream signaling pathways evoked by lysophospholipid receptorsinclude Rac-dependent lamellipodia formation (e.g. LPA₁) andRho-dependent stress-fiber formation (e.g. LPA₁), which is important incell migration and adhesion. Dysfunction of the vascular endothelium canshift the balance from vasodilatation to vasoconstriction and lead tohypertension and vascular remodeling, which are risk factors foratherosclerosis (Maguire, J. J. et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 26,448-454, 2005).

LPA contributes to both the early phase (barrier dysfunction andmonocyte adhesion of the endothelium) and the late phase (plateletactivation and intra-arterial thrombus formation) of atherosclerosis, inaddition to its overall progression. In the early phase, LPA fromnumerous sources accumulates in lesions and activates its cognate GPCRs(LPA₁ and LPA₃) expressed on platelets (Siess, W. Biochim. Biophys. Acta1582, 204-215, 2002; Rother, E. et al. Circulation 108, 741-747, 2003).This triggers platelet shape change and aggregation, leading tointra-arterial thrombus formation and, potentially, myocardialinfarction and stroke. In support of its atherogenic activity, LPA canalso be a mitogen and motogen to VSMCs and an activator of endothelialcells and macrophages. In one aspect, mammals with cardiovasculardisease benefit from LPA receptor antagonists that prevent thrombus andneointima plaque formation.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to treat or preventcardiovascular disease in mammal.

The term “cardiovascular disease,” as used herein refers to diseasesaffecting the heart or blood vessels or both, including but not limitedto: arrhythmia (atrial or ventricular or both); atherosclerosis and itssequelae; angina; cardiac rhythm disturbances; myocardial ischemia;myocardial infarction; cardiac or vascular aneurysm; vasculitis, stroke;peripheral obstructive arteriopathy of a limb, an organ, or a tissue;reperfusion injury following ischemia of the brain, heart or other organor tissue; endotoxic, surgical, or traumatic shock; hypertension,valvular heart disease, heart failure, abnormal blood pressure; shock;vasoconstriction (including that associated with migraines); vascularabnormality, inflammation, insufficiency limited to a single organ ortissue.

In one aspect, provided herein are methods for preventing or treatingvasoconstriction, atherosclerosis and its sequelae myocardial ischemia,myocardial infarction, aortic aneurysm, vasculitis and stroke comprisingadministering at least once to the mammal an effective amount of atleast one compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, or pharmaceutical composition ormedicament which includes a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, provided herein are methods for reducing cardiacreperfusion injury following myocardial ischemia and/or endotoxic shockcomprising administering at least once to the mammal an effective amountof at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, provided herein are methods for reducing the constrictionof blood vessels in a mammal comprising administering at least once tothe mammal an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, provided herein are methods for lowering or preventing anincrease in blood pressure of a mammal comprising administering at leastonce to the mammal an effective amount of at least one compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.

Inflammation

LPA has been shown to regulate immunological responses by modulatingactivities/functions of immune cells such as T-/B-lymphocytes andmacrophages. In activated T cells, LPA activates IL-2 production/cellproliferation through LPA₁ (Gardell et al, TRENDS in Molecular MedicineVol. 12 No. 2 February 2006). Expression of LPA-induced inflammatoryresponse genes is mediated by LPA₁ and LPA₃ (Biochem Biophys Res Commun.363(4):1001-8, 2007). In addition, LPA modulates the chemotaxis ofinflammatory cells (Biochem Biophys Res Commun., 1993, 15; 193(2), 497).The proliferation and cytokine-secreting activity in response to LPA ofimmune cells (J. Immunol. 1999, 162, 2049), platelet aggregationactivity in response to LPA, acceleration of migration activity inmonocytes, activation of NF-κB in fibroblast, enhancement offibronectin-binding to the cell surface, and the like are known. Thus,LPA is associated with various inflammatory/immune diseases.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to treat or preventinflammation in a mammal. In one aspect, antagonists of LPA₁ and/or LPA₃find use in the treatment or prevention of inflammatory/immune disordersin a mammal. In one aspect, the antagonist of LPA₁ is a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.

Examples of inflammatory/immune disorders include psoriasis, rheumatoidarthritis, vasculitis, inflammatory bowel disease, dermatitis,osteoarthritis, asthma, inflammatory muscle disease, allergic rhinitis,vaginitis, interstitial cystitis, scleroderma, eczema, allogeneic orxenogeneic transplantation (organ, bone marrow, stem cells and othercells and tissues) graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, lupuserythematosus, inflammatory disease, type I diabetes, pulmonaryfibrosis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome, thyroiditis (e.g.,Hashimoto's and autoimmune thyroiditis), myasthenia gravis, autoimmunehemolytic anemia, multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, chronic relapsinghepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, allergic conjunctivitis and atopicdermatitis.

Other Diseases, Disorders or Conditions

In accordance with one aspect, are methods for treating, preventing,reversing, halting or slowing the progression of LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated diseases or conditions once it becomes clinically evident,or treating the symptoms associated with or related to LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated diseases or conditions, by administering to the mammal acompound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof. In certain embodiments, the subject already has aLPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease or condition at the time ofadministration, or is at risk of developing a LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated disease or condition.

In certain aspects, the activity of LPA₁ in a mammal is directly orindirectly modulated by the administration of (at least once) atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.Such modulation includes, but is not limited to, reducing and/orinhibiting the activity of LPA₁. In additional aspects, the activity ofLPA in a mammal is directly or indirectly modulated, including reducingand/or inhibiting, by the administration of (at least once) atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.Such modulation includes, but is not limited to, reducing and/orinhibiting the amount and/or activity of a LPA receptor. In one aspect,the LPA receptor is LPA₁.

In one aspect, LPA has a contracting action on bladder smooth musclecell isolated from bladder, and promotes growth of prostate-derivedepithelial cell (J. Urology, 1999, 162, 1779-1784; J. Urology, 2000,163, 1027-1032). In another aspect, LPA contracts the urinary tract andprostate in vitro and increases intraurethral pressure in vivo (WO02/062389).

In certain aspects, are methods for preventing or treating eosinophiland/or basophil and/or dendritic cell and/or neutrophil and/or monocyteand/or T-cell recruitment comprising administering at least once to themammal an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In certain aspects, are methods for the treatment of cystitis,including, e.g., interstitial cystitis, comprising administering atleast once to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at leastone compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt or solvate thereof.

In accordance with one aspect, methods described herein include thediagnosis or determination of whether or not a patient is suffering froma LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease or condition by administering tothe subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,and determining whether or not the patient responds to the treatment.

In one aspect provided herein are compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib),pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs,and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, which are antagonistsof LPA₁, and are used to treat patients suffering from one or moreLPA-dependent or LPA-mediated conditions or diseases, including, but notlimited to, lung fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, scarring,asthma, rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonaryhypertension, interstitial lung fibrosis, arthritis, allergy, psoriasis,inflammatory bowel disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome,myocardial infarction, aneurysm, stroke, cancer, pain, proliferativedisorders and inflammatory conditions. In some embodiments,LPA-dependent conditions or diseases include those wherein an absoluteor relative excess of LPA is present and/or observed.

In any of the aforementioned aspects the LPA-dependent or LPA-mediateddiseases or conditions include, but are not limited to, organ fibrosis,asthma, allergic disorders, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,pulmonary hypertension, lung or pleural fibrosis, peritoneal fibrosis,arthritis, allergy, cancer, cardiovascular disease, ult respiratorydistress syndrome, myocardial infarction, aneurysm, stroke, and cancer.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used to improve the cornealsensitivity decrease caused by corneal operations such as laser-assistedin situ keratomileusis (LASIK) or cataract operation, cornealsensitivity decrease caused by corneal degeneration, and dry eye symptomcaused thereby.

In one aspect, presented herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, inthe treatment or prevention of ocular inflammation and allergicconjunctivitis, vernal keratoconjunctivitis, and papillaryconjunctivitis in a mammal comprising administering at least once to themammal an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, presented herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, inthe treatment or prevention of Sjogren disease or inflammatory diseasewith dry eyes in a mammal comprising administering at least once to themammal an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, LPA and LPA receptors (e.g. LPA₁) are involved in thepathogenesis of osteoarthritis (Kotani et al, Hum. Mol. Genet., 2008,17, 1790-1797). In one aspect, presented herein is the use of a compoundof Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, in the treatment or prevention of osteoarthritis in amammal comprising administering at least once to the mammal an effectiveamount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, LPA receptors (e.g. LPA₁, LPA₃) contribute to thepathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis (Zhao et al, Mol. Pharmacol., 2008,73(2), 587-600). In one aspect, presented herein is the use of acompound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, in the treatment or prevention of rheumatoidarthritis in a mammal comprising administering at least once to themammal an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, LPA receptors (e.g. LPA₁) contribute to adipogenesis.(Simon et al, J. Biol. Chem., 2005, vol. 280, no. 15, p. 14656). In oneaspect, presented herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in thepromotion of adipose tissue formation in a mammal comprisingadministering at least once to the mammal an effective amount of atleast one compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof.

a. In Vitro Assays

The effectiveness of compounds of the present invention as LPA₁inhibitors can be determined in an LPA₁ functional antagonist assay asfollows:

Chinese hamster ovary cells overexpressing human LPA₁ were platedovernight (15,000 cells/well) in poly-D-lysine coated 384-wellmicroplates (Greiner bio-one, Cat #781946) in DMEM/F12 medium (Gibco,Cat #11039). Following overnight culture, cells were loaded with calciumindicator dye (AAT Bioquest Inc, Cat #34601) for 30 minutes at 37° C.The cells were then equilibrated to room temperature for 30 minutesbefore the assay. Test compounds solubilized in DMSO were transferred to384 well non-binding surface plates (Corning, Cat #3575) using theLabcyte Echo acoustic dispense and diluted with assay buffer [1×HBSSwith calcium/magnesium (Gibco Cat #14025-092), 20 mM HEPES (Gibco Cat#15630-080) and 0.1% fatty acid free BSA (Sigma Cat #A9205)] to a finalconcentration of 0.5% DMSO. Diluted compounds were added to the cells byFDSS6000 (Hamamatsu) at final concentrations ranging from 0.08 nM to 5μM. and were then incubated for 20 min at room temperature at which timeLPA (Avanti Polar Lipids Cat #857130C) was added at final concentrationsof 10 nM to stimulate the cells. The compound IC₅₀ value was defined asthe concentration of test compound which inhibited 50% of the calciumflux induced by LPA alone. IC₅₀ values were determined by fitting datato a 4-parameter logistic equation (GraphPad Prism, San Diego Calif.).

b. In Vivo Assays

LPA Challenge with Plasma Histamine Evaluation.

Compound is dosed orally p.o. 2 hours to CD-1 female mice prior to theLPA challenge. The mice are then dosed via tail vein (IV) with 0.15 mLof LPA in 0.1% BSA/PBS (2 μg/μL). Exactly 2 minutes following the LPAchallenge, the mice are euthanized by decapitation and the trunk bloodis collected. These samples are collectively centrifuged and individual75 μL samples are frozen at −20° C. until the time of the histamineassay.

The plasma histamine analysis was run by standard EIA (EnzymeImmunoassay) methods. Plasma samples were thawed and diluted 1:30 in0.1% BSA in PBS. The EIA protocol for histamine analysis as outlined bythe manufacturer was followed (Histamine EIA, Oxford BiomedicalResearch, EA #31).

The LPA used in the assay is formulated as follows: LPA(1-oleoyl-2-hydroxy-sn-glycero-3-phosphate (sodium salt), 857130P,Avanti Polar Lipids) is prepared in 0.1% BSA/PBS for total concentrationof 2 μg/L. 13 mg of LPA is weighed and 6.5 mL 0.1% BSA added, vortexedand sonicated for ˜1 hour until a clear solution is achieved.

V. Pharmaceutical Compositions, Formulations and Combinations

In some embodiments, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprisinga therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In someembodiments, the pharmaceutical composition also contains at least onepharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredient.

In some embodiments, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprisinga therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredient. In oneaspect, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenousinjection, subcutaneous injection, oral administration, inhalation,nasal administration, topical administration, ophthalmic administrationor otic administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceuticalcomposition is a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, anasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, adispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, alotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprisesone or more additional therapeutically active agents selected from:corticosteroids (e.g., dexamethasone or fluticasone), immunosuppresants(e.g., tacrolimus & pimecrolimus), analgesics, anti-cancer agent,anti-inflammatories, chemokine receptor antagonists, bronchodilators,leukotriene receptor antagonists (e.g., montelukast or zafirlukast),leukotriene formation inhibitors, monoacylglycerol kinase inhibitors,phospholipase A₁ inhibitors, phospholipase A₂ inhibitors, andlysophospholipase D (lysoPLD) inhibitors, autotaxin inhibitors,decongestants, antihistamines (e.g., loratidine), mucolytics,anticholinergics, antitussives, expectorants, anti-infectives (e.g.,fusidic acid, particularly for treatment of atopic dermatitis),anti-fungals (e.g., clotriazole, particularly for atopic dermatitis),anti-IgE antibody therapies (e.g., omalizumab), β-2 adrenergic agonists(e.g., albuterol or salmeterol), other PGD2 antagonists acting at otherreceptors such as DP antagonists, PDE4 inhibitors (e.g., cilomilast),drugs that modulate cytokine production, e.g., TACE inhibitors, drugsthat modulate activity of Th2 cytokines IL-4 & IL-5 (e.g., blockingmonoclonal antibodies & soluble receptors), PPARγ agonists (e.g.,rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors (e.g.,zileuton).

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprisesone or more additional anti-fibrotic agents selected from pirfenidone,nintedanib, thalidomide, carlumab, FG-3019, fresolimumab, interferonalpha, lecithinized superoxide dismutase, simtuzumab, tanzisertib,tralokinumab, hu3G9, AM-152, IFN-gamma-lb, IW-001, PRM-151, PXS-25,pentoxifylline/N-acetyl-cysteine, pentoxifylline/vitamin E, salbutamolsulfate, [Sar9, Met(O2)11]-Substance P, pentoxifylline, mercaptaminebitartrate, obeticholic acid, aramchol, GFT-505, eicosapentaenoic acidethyl ester, metformin, metreleptin, muromonab-CD3, oltipraz, IMM-124-E,MK-4074, PX-102, RO-5093151. In some embodiments, provided is a methodcomprising administering a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a human with aLPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease or condition. In some embodiments,the human is already being administered one or more additionaltherapeutically active agents other than a compound of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In someembodiments, the method further comprises administering one or moreadditional therapeutically active agents other than a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutically activeagents other than a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, are selected from:corticosteroids (e.g., dexamethasone or fluticasone), immunosuppresants(e.g., tacrolimus & pimecrolimus), analgesics, anti-cancer agent,anti-inflammatories, chemokine receptor antagonists, bronchodilators,leukotriene receptor antagonists (e.g., montelukast or zafirlukast),leukotriene formation inhibitors, monoacylglycerol kinase inhibitors,phospholipase A₁ inhibitors, phospholipase A₂ inhibitors, andlysophospholipase D (lysoPLD) inhibitors, autotaxin inhibitors,decongestants, antihistamines (e.g., loratidine), mucolytics,anticholinergics, antitussives, expectorants, anti-infectives (e.g.,fusidic acid, particularly for treatment of atopic dermatitis),anti-fungals (e.g., clotriazole, particularly for atopic dermatitis),anti-IgE antibody therapies (e.g., omalizumab), β-2 adrenergic agonists(e.g., albuterol or salmeterol), other PGD2 antagonists acting at otherreceptors such as DP antagonists, PDE4 inhibitors (e.g., cilomilast),drugs that modulate cytokine production, e.g. TACE inhibitors, drugsthat modulate activity of Th2 cytokines IL-4 & IL-5 (e.g., blockingmonoclonal antibodies & soluble receptors), PPARγ agonists (e.g.,rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors (e.g.,zileuton).

In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutically activeagents other than a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, are otheranti-fibrotic agents selected from pirfenidone, nintedanib, thalidomide,carlumab, FG-3019, fresolimumab, interferon alpha, lecithinizedsuperoxide dismutase, simtuzumab, tanzisertib, tralokinumab, hu3G9,AM-152, IFN-gamma-1b, IW-001, PRM-151, PXS-25,pentoxifylline/N-acetyl-cysteine, pentoxifylline/vitamin E, salbutamolsulfate, [Sar9, Met(O2)11]-Substance P, pentoxifylline, mercaptaminebitartrate, obeticholic acid, aramchol, GFT-505, eicosapentyl ethylester, metformin, metreleptin, muromonab-CD3, oltipraz, IMM-124-E,MK-4074, PX-102, RO-5093151.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutically activeagents other than a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, are selected fromACE inhibitors, ramipril, AII antagonists, irbesartan, anti-arrythmics,dronedarone, PPARα activators, PPARγ activators, pioglitazone,rosiglitazone, prostanoids, endothelin receptor antagonists, elastaseinhibitors, calcium antagonists, beta blockers, diuretics, aldosteronereceptor antagonists, eplerenone, renin inhibitors, rho kinaseinhibitors, soluble guanylate cyclase (sGC) activators, sGC sensitizers,PDE inhibitors, PDE5 inhibitors, NO donors, digitalis drugs, ACE/NEPinhibitors, statins, bile acid reuptake inhibitors, PDGF antagonists,vasopressin antagonists, aquaretics, NHE1 inhibitors, Factor Xaantagonists, Factor XIIIa antagonists, anticoagulants, anti-thrombotics,platelet inhibitors, profibroltics, thrombin-activatable fibrinolysisinhibitors (TAFI), PAI-1 inhibitors, coumarins, heparins, thromboxaneantagonists, serotonin antagonists, COX inhibitors, aspirin, therapeuticantibodies, GPIIb/IIIa antagonists, ER antagonists, SERMs, tyrosinekinase inhibitors, RAF kinase inhibitors, p38 MAPK inhibitors,pirfenidone, multi-kinase inhibitors, nintedanib, sorafenib.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutically activeagents other than a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, are selected fromGremlin-1 mAb, PA1-1 mAb, Promedior (PRM-151; recombinant humanPentraxin-2); FGF21, TGFβ antagonists, αvβ6 & αvβ pan-antagonists; FAKinhibitors, TG2 inhibitors, LOXL2 inhibitors, NOX4 inhibitors, MGAT2inhibitors, GPR120 agonists.

Pharmaceutical formulations described herein are administrable to asubject in a variety of ways by multiple administration routes,including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous,subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical or transdermaladministration routes. The pharmaceutical formulations described hereininclude, but are not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions,self-emulsifying dispersions, solid solutions, liposomal dispersions,aerosols, solid dosage forms, powders, immediate release formulations,controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets,capsules, pills, delayed release formulations, extended releaseformulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulateformulations, and mixed immediate and controlled release formulations.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administeredorally.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administeredtopically. In such embodiments, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulatedinto a variety of topically administrable compositions, such assolutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, shampoos, scrubs, rubs,smears, medicated sticks, medicated bandages, balms, creams orointments. Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers,stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives. Inone aspect, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administered topically to theskin.

In another aspect, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administered byinhalation. In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administeredby inhalation that directly targets the pulmonary system.

In another aspect, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulated forintranasal administration. Such formulations include nasal sprays, nasalmists, and the like.

In another aspect, the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulated aseye drops.

In another aspect is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in the manufactureof a medicament for treating a disease, disorder or conditions in whichthe activity of at least one LPA receptor contributes to the pathologyand/or symptoms of the disease or condition. In one embodiment of thisaspect, the LPA is selected from LPA₁, LPA₂, LPA₃, LPA₄, LPA₅ and LPA₆.In one aspect, the LPA receptor is LPA₁. In one aspect, the disease orcondition is any of the diseases or conditions specified herein.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in which:(a) the effective amount of the compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is systemicallyadministered to the mammal; and/or (b) the effective amount of thecompound is administered orally to the mammal; and/or (c) the effectiveamount of the compound is intravenously administered to the mammal;and/or (d) the effective amount of the compound is administered byinhalation; and/or (e) the effective amount of the compound isadministered by nasal administration; or and/or (f) the effective amountof the compound is administered by injection to the mammal; and/or (g)the effective amount of the compound is administered topically to themammal; and/or (h) the effective amount of the compound is administeredby ophthalmic administration; and/or (i) the effective amount of thecompound is administered rectally to the mammal; and/or (j) theeffective amount is administered non-systemically or locally to themammal.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingsingle administrations of the effective amount of the compound,including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administeredonce; (ii) the compound is administered to the mammal multiple timesover the span of one day; (iii) continually; or (iv) continuously.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingmultiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound,including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administeredcontinuously or intermittently: as in a a single dose; (ii) the timebetween multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 8 hours; (iv) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 12 hours; (v) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 24 hours. In further or alternativeembodiments, the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein theadministration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose ofthe compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end ofthe drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed. In one embodiment,the length of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.

Also provided is a method of inhibiting the physiological activity ofLPA in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof to the mammal in need thereof.

In one aspect, provided is a medicament for treating a LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated disease or condition in a mammal comprising atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In some cases disclosed herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, inthe manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated disease or condition.

In some cases disclosed herein is the use of a compound of Formula (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, inthe treatment or prevention of a LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated diseaseor condition.

In one aspect, is a method for treating or preventing a LPA-dependent orLPA-mediated disease or condition in a mammal comprising administering atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In one aspect, LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated diseases or conditionsinclude, but are not limited to, fibrosis of organs or tissues,scarring, liver diseases, dermatological conditions, cancer,cardiovascular disease, respiratory diseases or conditions, inflammatorydisease, gastrointestinal tract disease, renal disease, urinarytract-associated disease, inflammatory disease of lower urinary tract,dysuria, frequent urination, pancreas disease, arterial obstruction,cerebral infarction, cerebral hemorrhage, pain, peripheral neuropathy,and fibromyalgia.

In one aspect, the LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease or condition isa respiratory disease or condition. In some embodiments, the respiratorydisease or condition is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease(COPD), pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary arterial hypertension or acuterespiratory distress syndrome.

In some embodiments, the LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease orcondition is selected from idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis; other diffuseparenchymal lung diseases of different etiologies including iatrogenicdrug-induced fibrosis, occupational and/or environmental inducedfibrosis, granulomatous diseases (sarcoidosis, hypersensitivitypneumonia), collagen vascular disease, alveolar proteinosis, langerhanscell granulomatosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, inherited diseases(Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome, tuberous sclerosis, neurofibromatosis,metabolic storage disorders, familial interstitial lung disease);radiation induced fibrosis; chronic obstructive pulmonary disease(COPD); scleroderma; bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis; chronicasthma; silicosis; asbestos induced pulmonary fibrosis; acuterespiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); kidney fibrosis;tubulointerstitium fibrosis; glomerular nephritis; focal segmentalglomerular sclerosis; IgA nephropathy; hypertension; Alport; gutfibrosis; liver fibrosis; cirrhosis; alcohol induced liver fibrosis;toxic/drug induced liver fibrosis; hemochromatosis; nonalcoholicsteatohepatitis (NASH); biliary duct injury; primary biliary cirrhosis;infection induced liver fibrosis; viral induced liver fibrosis; andautoimmune hepatitis; corneal scarring; hypertrophic scarring; Duputrendisease, keloids, cutaneous fibrosis; cutaneous scleroderma; spinal cordinjury/fibrosis; myelofibrosis; vascular restenosis; atherosclerosis;arteriosclerosis; Wegener's granulomatosis; Peyronie's disease, chroniclymphocytic leukemia, tumor metastasis, transplant organ rejection,endometriosis, neonatal respiratory distress syndrome and neuropathicpain.

In one aspect, the LPA-dependent or LPA-mediated disease or condition isdescribed herein.

In one aspect, provided is a method for the treatment or prevention oforgan fibrosis in a mammal comprising administering a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof to a mammal in needthereof.

In one aspect, the organ fibrosis comprises lung fibrosis, renalfibrosis, or hepatic fibrosis.

In one aspect, provided is a method of improving lung function in amammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of acompound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof to the mammal in need thereof. In one aspect, themammal has been diagnosed as having lung fibrosis.

In one aspect, compounds disclosed herein are used to treat idiopathicpulmonary fibrosis (usual interstitial pneumonia) in a mammal.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are used to treatdiffuse parenchymal interstitial lung diseases in mammal: iatrogenicdrug induced, occupational/environmental (Farmer lung), granulomatousdiseases (sarcoidosis, hypersensitivity pneumonia), collagen vasculardisease (scleroderma and others), alveolar proteinosis, langerhans cellgranulonmatosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome,Tuberous sclerosis, neurofibromatosis, metabolic storage disorders,familial interstitial lung disease.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are used to treatpost-transplant fibrosis associated with chronic rejection in a mammal:Bronchiolitis obliterans for lung transplant.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are used to treatcutaneous fibrosis in a mammal: cutaneous scleroderma, Dupuytrendisease, keloids.

In one aspect, compounds disclosed herein are used to treat hepaticfibrosis with or without cirrhosis in a mammal: toxic/drug induced(hemochromatosis), alcoholic liver disease, viral hepatitis (hepatitis Bvirus, hepatitis C virus, HCV), nonalcoholic liver disease (NAFLD,NASH), metabolic and auto-immune disease.

In one aspect, compounds disclosed herein are used to treat renalfibrosis in a mammal: tubulointerstitium fibrosis, glomerular sclerosis.

In any of the aforementioned aspects involving the treatment of LPAdependent diseases or conditions are further embodiments comprisingadministering at least one additional agent in addition to theadministration of a compound having the structure of Formula (Ia) or(Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Invarious embodiments, each agent is administered in any order, includingsimultaneously.

In any of the embodiments disclosed herein, the mammal is a human.

In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are administered to ahuman.

In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are orally administered.

In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are used as antagonistsof at least one LPA receptor. In some embodiments, compounds providedherein are used for inhibiting the activity of at least one LPA receptoror for the treatment of a disease or condition that would benefit frominhibition of the activity of at least one LPA receptor. In one aspect,the LPA receptor is LPA₁.

In other embodiments, compounds provided herein are used for theformulation of a medicament for the inhibition of LPA₁ activity.

Articles of manufacture, which include packaging material, a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, within the packaging material, and a label that indicates thatthe compound or composition, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxide, pharmaceutically activemetabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceuticallyacceptable solvate thereof, is used for inhibiting the activity of atleast one LPA receptor, or for the treatment, prevention or ameliorationof one or more symptoms of a disease or condition that would benefitfrom inhibition of the activity of at least one LPA receptor, areprovided.

VI. General Synthesis Including Schemes

The compounds of the present invention can be prepared in a number ofways known to one skilled in the art of organic synthesis. The compoundsof the present invention can be synthesized using the methods describedbelow, together with synthetic methods known in the art of syntheticorganic chemistry, or by variations thereon as appreciated by thoseskilled in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to,those described below. The reactions are performed in a solvent orsolvent mixture appropriate to the reagents and materials employed andsuitable for the transformations being effected. It will be understoodby those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionalitypresent on the molecule should be consistent with the transformationsproposed. This will sometimes require a judgment to modify the order ofthe synthetic steps or to select one particular process scheme overanother in order to obtain a desired compound of the invention.

It will also be recognized that another major consideration in theplanning of any synthetic route in this field is the judicious choice ofthe protecting group used for protection of the reactive functionalgroups present in the compounds described in this invention. Anauthoritative account describing the many alternatives to the trainedpractitioner is Greene et al., (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,Fourth Edition, Wiley-Interscience (2006)).

The compounds of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may be prepared by the exemplaryprocesses described in the following schemes and working examples, aswell as relevant published literature procedures that are used by oneskilled in the art. Exemplary reagents and procedures for thesereactions appear herein after and in the working examples.

Protection and deprotection in the processes below may be carried out byprocedures generally known in the art (see, for example, Wuts, P. G. M.,Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 5th Edition, Wiley(2014)). General methods of organic synthesis and functional grouptransformations are found in: Trost, B. M. et al., Eds., ComprehensiveOrganic Synthesis: Selectivity, Strategy & Efficiency in Modern OrganicChemistry, Pergamon Press, New York, N.Y. (1991); Smith, M. B. et al.,March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, andStructure. 7th Edition, Wiley, New York, N.Y. (2013); Katritzky, A. R.et al., Eds., Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations II,2nd Edition, Elsevier Science Inc., Tarrytown, N.Y. (2004); Larock, R.C., Comprehensive Organic Transformations, 2^(nd) Edition, Wiley-VCH,New York, N.Y. (1999), and references therein.

Scheme 1 describes the synthesis of O-carbamoyl isoxazolearyl(heteroaryl)oxy-cyclohexyl acids 12 and 14. A 4-halo (preferablybromo) phenyl or azine (e.g. pyridine) benzoic acid 1 is converted tothe corresponding acid chloride (e.g. with SOCl₂ or oxalylchloride/catalytic DMF). This acid chloride intermediate is reacted withan appropriate β-enamino-ester 2 followed by condensation withhydroxylamine to furnish the corresponding 5-halo(hetero)aryl-isoxazole4-carboxylate ester 3. Deprotection of the ester 3 followed by reductionof the resulting acid (e.g. directly with diborane or by a 2-stepprocedure by reacting the acid with an alkyl chloroformate followed byreduction with e.g. NaBH₄ at low temperature) and protection of theresulting alcohol provides the 5-halo(hetero)aryl-isoxazole protectedalcohol 4. Reaction of the haloaryl- or haloheteroaryl-isoxazoles 4 withpinacol diboronate in the presence of an appropriate palladium catalyst(e.g. Ishiyama, T. et al, J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 7508-7510) providesthe corresponding pinacol boronate 5, which is then oxidized withhydrogen peroxide to give the corresponding phenol or hydroxyheteroarene6 (Fukumoto, S. et al, WO 2012137982). Reaction ofphenol/hydroxyheteroarene 6 with a 3-hydroxy cyclohexyl ester 7 underMitsunobu reaction conditions (Kumara Swamy, K. C., Chem. Rev., 2009,109, 2551-2651) furnishes the corresponding isoxazole cycloalkyl etherester 8. Deprotection of the hydoxymethylisoxazole 8 provides thecyclohexyl ester isoxazole alcohol 9. An appropriate carboxylic acid 10is subjected to Curtius rearrangement conditions (e.g. Ph₂PON₃) to givethe intermediate isocyanate, which is reacted in situ with isoxazolealcohol 9 to give the cyclohexyl ester isoxazole NH-carbamate 11.Deprotection of cyclohexyl ester 11 provides the isoxazole NH-carbamatecyclohexyl acids 12. In addition, the cylohexyl ester isoxazoleNH-carbamate, upon treatment with an appropriate base (e.g. NaH)followed by reaction with an alkyl halide (R⁴X), provides the cylohexylester isoxazole N,N-disubstituted carbamate 13. Deprotection ofcyclohexyl ester 13 provides the isoxazole N,N-disubstituted carbamatecyclohexyl acids 14.

An alternative synthetic route for the synthesis of from isoxazolealcohol 9 to 5 isoxazole N,N-disubstituted carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14is shown in Scheme 2. Isoxazole alcohol 9 is reacted with an activatinggroup in the presence of base (e.g. 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate) to givethe isoxazole 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 15, which then undergoes reactionwith an appropriate amine 16 (R³R⁴NH) to give the isoxazole O-carbamate13. Deprotection of cyclohexyl ester 13 then provides the isoxazoleN,N-disubstituted carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14. If a primary amineR³NH₂ is reacted with isoxazole 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 15, then (afteracid deprotection), the isoxazole NH-carbamate cyclohexyl acids 12 areobtained.

Scheme 3 describes an alternative synthetic route to the isoxazoleN,N-disubstituted carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14. Protection of isoxazolealcohol 6 followed by deprotection of the hydroxy aryl/heteroarylisoxazole provides the corresponding hydroxy-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazoleprotected alcohol 17. Isoxazole alcohol 17 is reacted with 4-nitrophenylchloroformate to give the isoxazole 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 18, whichthen undergoes reaction with an appropriate amine 16 (R³R⁴NH) to givethe isoxazole O-carbamate 19. Deprotection of the hydroxyaryl/heteroaryl isoxazole carbamate 19 provides the correspondinghydroxy-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazole carbamate 20. Reaction of hydroxyaryl-or hydroxyheteroaryl-isoxazole carbamate 20 with a 3-hydroxy cyclohexylester 7 under Mitsunobu reaction conditions furnishes the correspondingisoxazole cycloalkyl ether ester 13. Deprotection of cyclohexyl ester 13provides the isoxazole N,N-disubstituted carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14.

Another alternative route to isoxazole carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14 isshown in Scheme 4. A 5-halo-4-carboalkoxy-isoxazole 21 undergoes aSuzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction with an appropriate 4-hydroxy-aryl- or-heteroaryl-boronic acid 22 to give the corresponding aryl- orhetero-aryl isoxazole ester 23. Protection of the hydroxyaryl/heteroaryl23 followed by reduction of the carboxylic acid (either directly byusing diborane or through a 2-step protocol via reaction of the acidwith an alkyl chloroformate followed by NaBH₄ reduction at lowtemperature) provides isoxazole alcohol 6. Isoxazole alcohol 6 is thenconverted to the isoxazole carbamate cyclohexyl acids 12 and 14 throughone of the procedures described in Schemes 1-3.

Scheme 5 shows another route to isoxazole carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14.The 4-halo-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazole 26 (obtained by deprotection ofisoxazole alcohol 4) is subjected to a reaction with 4-nitrophenylchloroformate in the presence of base to give the 4-nitrophenylcarbonate 27, which is reacted with amine 6 in the presence of base toprovide the isoxazole carbamate 28. This 4-halo-aryl/heteroarylisoxazole carbamate is converted to the corresponding aryl-4-boronatethrough palladium-mediated reaction with pinacol-diboronate followed byhydrogen peroxide-mediated oxidation of the aryl boronate to give thecorresponding hydroxy-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazole 29 as described inScheme 1. The hydroxy-arene/heteroarene 29 is subjected to a Mitsunobureaction with a 3-hydroxy-cylohexyl ester 7 to provide the isoxazolecarbamate oxycyclohexyl ester 13, which is then deprotected to give theisoxazole carbamate cyclohexyl acids 14 (as described in Scheme 1).

Scheme 6 describes the synthesis of the isomeric(3-aryl-4H-1λ³-isoxazol-4-yl) methyl carbamates 40 and 41. Anappropriately substitute 4-halo (e.g. bromo) aryl/heteroaryl aldehyde 30is reacted with hydroxylamine to give the oxime 31, which is chlorinated(e.g. with N-chlorosuccinimide) to provide the imidoyl chloride 32.Reaction of imidoyl chloride 32 with acetoacetate ester 33 in thepresence of base furnishes the isoxazole ester 34. Following the generalreaction sequence described in Scheme 1, deprotection of isoxazole ester34, followed by reduction of the isoxazole acid (either directly withdiborane or by a 2-step procedure via NaBH₄ reduction of thecorresponding carboxylic anhydride) provides the isoxazole alcohol 35,which is reacted with an isocyanate (generated in situ by the Curtiusrearrangement reaction (e.g. with (PhO)₂PON₃) of an appropriatecarboxylic acid 10) to give the isoxazole carbamate 36. The bromo-arylisoxazole carbamate 36 is converted to the corresponding hydroxy-arylisoxazole 37 via reaction with Pd-mediated reaction with B₂(pin)₂followed by H₂O₂ oxidation. Reaction of phenol/hydroxy-heteroarene 37with a 3-hydroxy cyclohexyl ester 7 under Mitsunobu reaction conditionsfurnishes the corresponding isoxazole cyclohexyl ether ester 38, whichis then carried forward to the cyclohexyl isoxazole NH-carbamate acids39 or the cyclohexyl isoxazole N,N-disubstituted carbamate acids 40according the synthetic sequences described in Scheme 1.

Scheme 7 shows an alternative synthesis of isoxazole carbamate acids 40.The 4-halo-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazole 35 is reacted with 4-nitrophenylchloroformate in the presence of base to give the 4-nitro-phenylcarbonate 41. The 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 41 is reacted with amine 6 inthe presence of base to provide the haloaryl/heteroaryl isoxazolecarbamate 36, which is then converted to the isoxazole carbamatecyclohexyl acids 40 (using the same synthetic sequence as described inScheme 5).

Scheme 8 describes the synthesis of isoxazole carbamate cyclohexylaceticacids 44 and 45. Reaction of hydroxy-aryl/heteroaryl isoxazole caramate6 with an appropriately protected 2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetic acidester 42 under Mitsunobu conditions furnishes the aryl/hetero-arylcyclohexane ether acetic acid ester 43. Deprotection of isoxazolealcohol cyclohexane acetic ester 43 provides the isoxazole alcoholcyclohexane acetic ester 44, which is then carried on to the synthesisof isoxazole carbamate cyclohexylacetic acids 44 and 45 (using the samesynthetic sequence as described in Scheme 2 for the conversion of 9→14).

Scheme 9 describes the synthesis of substituted isoxazole 4-yl alkylcarbamate cyclohexyl acids 50 and 51. Oxidation of isoxazole alcohol(e.g. with Dess-Martin periodinane) provides isoxazole aldehyde 47,which is reacted with a Grignard reagent R⁷—MgBr to give the isoxazolesecondary alcohol 48. Protection of the isoxazole alcohol 48 followed bydeprotection of the hydroxy-arene/heteroarene 48 provides thehyroxy-arene/heteroarene 49, which is carried on to the synthesis ofsubstituted isoxazole 4-yl alkyl carbamate cyclohexyl acids 50 and 51(using the same synthetic sequence as described in Scheme 3 for theconversion of 6→14).

Scheme 10 describes the synthesis of pyrazine isoxazole carbamatecyclohexyl acids 57 and 58. Reaction of acetoacetate 33 with methylamineprovides the vinylogous carbamate 52. An appropriate 5-halopyrazine2-carboxylic acid 53 (preferably 5-bromo) is reacted with oxalylchloride to provide the pyrazine acid chloride 54. Pyrazine acidchloride 54 is reacted with the vinylogous carbamate 52 in the presenceof base to give the acylated pyrazine adduct 55, which is condensed withhydroxylamine to furnish the pyrazine isoxazole ester 56. Halo-pyrazineisoxazole ester is carried on to the synthesis of pyrazine isoxazolecarbamate cyclohexyl acids 57 and 58 in analogy to the syntheticsequences previously described in Schemes 1 and 3.

Scheme 11 describes the synthesis of isoxazole carbamate cyclohexylα-fluoro-acids 66 and 67. Diels-Alder reaction of 1,3-butadiene andethyl 2-fluoroacrylate under thermal conditions (e.g. procedure ofKotikyan et al., Bulletin of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR,Division of Chemical Science (Engl.), 1971, 20, 292) gives the α-fluorocyclohexyl ester 59. Hydrolysis of α-fluoro-ester 59 under basiccondition provides α-fluoro-acid 60. Iodolactonization (e.g. Nolsøe, J.M. J. et al., Eur. J. Org. Chem., 2014, 3051-3065) of the alkene of 60gives iodolactone 61. Deiodination under radical condition (e.g.AIBN/(TMS)₃SiH, ref. Chatgilialoglu, C. et al., Molecules, 2012, 17,527-555) affords the lactone 62. Opening of lactone 62 via acidiccondition (e.g. AcCl in iPrOH) gives the cyclohexyl α-fluoro-ester 63.Reaction of hydroxy cyclohexyl α-fluoro-ester 63 withhydroxyaryl/heteroaryl isxoazole 6 under Mitsunobu reaction conditionsfurnishes the corresponding isoxazole cyclohexyl ether α-fluoro ester64, which is then carried forward to the cyclohexyl isoxazoleNH-carbamate acids 65 or the cyclohexyl isoxazole N,N-disubstitutedcarbamate acids 66 according the synthetic sequences described inSchemes 1 and 2.

Scheme 12 describes the synthesis of isoxazole carbamate cyclohexyltetrazole 69. Isoxazole carbamate cyclohexyl acid 14 is converted to thecorresponding acid chloride (with e.g., oxalyl chloride); subsequentreaction with ammonia gives the primary amide 67. Dehydration of primaryamide 67 with, e.g., Burgess reagent (Talibi, P. et al., e-EROSEncyclopedia of Reagentsfor Organic Synthesis, published online 15 Sep.2008, DOI: 10.1002/047084289X.rm095 m.pub2) furnishes the nitrile 68.Cycloaddition of sodium azide with nitrile 68 (e.g. H. Yoneyama, et al,Synthesis, 2013, 45, 1051-1059) affords the isoxazole carbamatecyclohexyl tetrazole 69.

VII. Examples

The following Examples are offered as illustrative, as a partial scopeand particular embodiments of the invention and are not meant to belimiting of the scope of the invention. Abbreviations and chemicalsymbols have their usual and customary meanings unless otherwiseindicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the compounds described hereinhave been prepared, isolated and characterized using the schemes andother methods disclosed herein or may be prepared using the same.

As appropriate, reactions were conducted under an atmosphere of drynitrogen (or argon). For anhydrous reactions, DRISOLV® solvents from EMwere employed. For other reactions, reagent grade or HPLC grade solventswere utilized. Unless otherwise stated, all commercially obtainedreagents were used as received.

Microwave reactions were carried out using a 400 W Biotage Initiatorinstrument in microwave reaction vessels under microwave (2.5 GHz)irradiation.

HPLC/MS and preparatory/analytical HPLC methods employed incharacterization or purification of examples

NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) spectra were typically obtained onBruker or JEOL 400 MHz and 500 MHz instruments in the indicatedsolvents. All chemical shifts are reported in ppm from tetramethylsilanewith the solvent resonance as the internal standard. ¹HNMR spectral dataare typically reported as follows: chemical shift, multiplicity(s=singlet, br s=broad singlet, d=doublet, dd=doublet of doublets,t=triplet, q=quartet, sep=septet, m=multiplet, app=apparent), couplingconstants (Hz), and integration.

In the examples where ¹H NMR spectra were collected in d₆-DMSO, awater-suppression sequence is often utilized. This sequence effectivelysuppresses the water signal and any proton peaks in the same regionusually between 3.30-3.65 ppm which will affect the overall protonintegration.

The term HPLC refers to a Shimadzu high performance liquidchromatography instrument with one of following methods:

HPLC-1: Sunfire C18 column (4.6×150 mm) 3.5 μm, gradient from 10 to 100%B:A for

12 min, then 3 min hold at 100% B.

Mobile phase A: 0.05% TFA in water:CH₃CN (95:5)

Mobile phase B: 0.05% TFA in CH₃CN:water (95:5)

TFA Buffer pH=2.5; Flow rate: 1 mL/min; Wavelength: 254 nm, 220 nm.

HPLC-2: XBridge Phenyl (4.6×150 mm) 3.5 μm, gradient from 10 to 100% B:Afor 12 min, then 3 min hold at 100% B.

Mobile phase A: 0.05% TFA in water:CH₃CN (95:5)

Mobile phase B: 0.05% TFA in CH₃CN:water (95:5)

TFA Buffer pH=2.5; Flow rate: 1 mL/min; Wavelength: 254 nm, 220 nm.

HPLC-3: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6×250 mm, 5 μm.

Mobile Phase: 30% EtOH-heptane (1:1)/70% CO₂

Flow rate=40 mL/min, 100 Bar, 35° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm

HPLC-4: Waters Acquity UPLC BEH C18, 2.1×50 mm, 1.7-μm particles;

Mobile Phase A: 5:95 CH₃CN:water with 10 mM NH₄OAc;

Mobile Phase B: 95:5 CH₃CN:water with 10 mM NH₄OAc;

Temperature: 50° C.; Gradient: 0-100% B over 3 min, then a 0.75-min holdat 100% B;

Flow: 1.11 mL/min; Detection: UV at 220 nm.

HPLC-5: Waters Acquity UPLC BEH C18, 2.1×50 mm, 1.7-μm particles;

Mobile Phase A: 5:95 CH₃CN:water with 0.1% TFA;

Mobile Phase B: 95:5 CH₃CN:water with 0.1% TFA;

Temperature: 50° C.; Gradient: 0-100% B over 3 min, then a 0.75-min holdat 100%

B; Flow: 1.11 mL/min; Detection: UV at 220 nm.

Intermediate 1 (±)-cis-isopropyl1-fluoro-3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate

Intermediate 1A (rac)-ethyl 1-fluorocyclohex-3-enecarboxylate

A mixture of 20% buta-1,3-diene in toluene (13.81 ml, 41.1 mmol) andethyl 2-fluoroacrylate (3.07 ml, 27.4 mmol) in seal tube was heated at120° C. for 7 days. The reaction was added on a 80 g silica gel columnand eluted with EtOAc/Hexane (0% to 10% over 20 min) to get Intermediate1A (3.8 g, 22.07 mmol, 80% yield) as clear oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 5.79 (ddd, J=9.9, 4.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.64-5.58 (m, 1H), 4.26 (q, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 2.73-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.20-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.32(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl₃) δ-162.69 (s, 1F).

Intermediate 1B (rac)-1-fluorocyclohex-3-enecarboxylic Acid

A mixture of Intermediate 1A (3.8 g, 22.07 mmol) and 2.0 M LiOH aq.(55.2 mL, 110 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was stirred at rt for 18 hr. Thereaction was acidified to pH=2 with HCl (9.19 mL, 110 mmol), and thenextracted with EtOAc (×3). The combined extracts were washed with waterand concentrated to get Intermediate 1B (3.0 g, 20.81 mmol, 94% yield)as light yellowish oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.81 (ddd, J=9.8, 4.6,2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.66-5.58 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.37 (m, 1H),2.35-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.22-1.92 (m, 3H); ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl₃) δ-163.02(s, 1F).

Intermediate 1C (rac)-1-fluoro-4-iodo-6-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-7-one

To Intermediate 1B (3 g, 20.81 mmol) in Water (20 mL) was added sodiumbicarbonate (5.25 g, 62.4 mmol) in portions and stirred tillhomogeneous. The iodine solution-iodine (5.81 g, 22.89 mmol) and KI(20.73 g, 125 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL water) was added and thereaction was stirred overnight in the dark. The reaction was added waterand extracted with DCM (3×), washed with 10% sodium thiosulfate (20ml×2) and water, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crude oil wasadded on a 80 g silica gel column and eluted with EtOAc/Hexane (0% to50% over 20 min) to get Intermediate 1C (3.53 g, 13.07 mmol, 62.8%yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.89 (dt, J=6.5, 3.5Hz, 1H), 4.44 (q, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=11.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 2.75(tddd, J=11.3, 6.5, 3.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.17 (m,2H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 1H); ¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 172.0, 93.6,91.9, 78.4, 78.3, 39.2, 39.0, 29.7, 29.6, 28.4, 28.2, 20.2; ¹⁹F NMR (471MHz, CDCl₃) δ−167.97 (s, 1F)

Intermediate 1D (rac)-1-fluoro-6-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-7-one

Intermediate 1C (350 mg, 1.296 mmol) and AIBN (21.28 mg, 0.130 mmol) inBenzene (5 ml) was added Tris(trimethylsilyl)silane (0.600 ml, 1.944mmol) in portions over 10 min at 60° C. The reaction was the stirred at70° C. for 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved inEtOAc, washed with sat. NH₄Cl, dried MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crudeoil was added on a 12 g silica gel column and eluted with EtOAc/Hexane(0% to 30% over 10 min) to get Intermediate 1D (124 mg, 0.860 mmol,66.4% yield) as white solid. ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl₃) δ−167.01 (s, 1F);¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.98-4.81 (m, 1H), 2.75 (dtdd, J=15.9, 6.8,3.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 2.24-1.89 (m, 5H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.46 (m,1H); ¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.2, 173.0, 93.9, 92.3, 75.6, 75.5,42.0, 41.9, 31.3, 31.1, 26.7, 17.7, 17.6

Intermediate 1

Acetyl chloride (0.061 ml, 0.860 mmol) was added in portions toisopropanol (3 ml) at 0° C. and then stirred at rt for 30 min.Intermediate 1D (124 mg, 0.860 mmol) was added and stirred overnight.The reaction was concentrated. The crude oil was added on a 4 g silicagel column and eluted with EtOAc/Hexane (0% to 50% over 10 min) to getIntermediate 1 (140 mg, 0.685 mmol, 80% yield) as clear oil. ¹H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.08 (spt, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (tt, J=10.9, 4.4 Hz, 1H),2.68 (br. s., 1H), 2.28 (dddt, J=13.5, 9.0, 4.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.06-1.98(m, 1H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.37-1.22 (m, 7H); ¹⁹FNMR (471 MHz, CDCl3) δ −162.93 (s, 1F); ¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ170.9, 170.7, 95.7, 94.2, 69.3, 66.1, 40.7, 40.5, 33.9, 31.6, 31.4,21.5, 19.1.

Intermediate 2 (±)-trans-ethyl 2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetate andIntermediate 3 (±)-cis-ethyl 2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetate

SOCl₂ (3.58 mL, 49.0 mmol) was added dropwise to EtOH (50 mL). Thesolution was stirred at RT for 30 min, after which2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetic acid (mixture of cis and trans isomersprepared according to the procedure described in Tetrahedron, 1982, 38,3641-3647; 3.10 g, 19.6 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 50°C. overnight, then was cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. Satd aq.NaHCO₃ was added; the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo.The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 20-75%EtOAc in hexanes) to give the individual cis and trans title compoundsas oils.

Intermediate 2. (±)-Trans-ethyl 2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetate (1.42 g,39%). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.13 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (m, 1H),2.29-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.55-1.47 (m, 2H),1.37 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (s, 1H), 1.26 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.00(m, 1H).

Intermediate 3. (±)-Cis-ethyl 2-(3-hydroxycyclohexyl)acetate (235 mg,6%). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.13 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.64-3.57 (m,1H), 2.23 (dd, J=7.0, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 2.04-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.75 (m, 2H),1.71-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.36-1.29 (m, 1H), 1.26 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.19-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.82 (m, 2H).

Example 1.(1S,3S)-3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic Acid

1A. (5-(4-bromophenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methanol

To a solution of 5-(4-bromophenyl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylic acid(synthesized according to the procedure described in US2011/82164 A1,2.0 g, 7.09 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added BH₃.THF (28.4 mL of a 1Msolution in THF, 28.4 mmol) portionwise at 0° C. and the solution wasallowed to warm to RT and stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixturewas carefully quenched with H₂O, acidified with 1N aq. HCl (50 mL),stirred for 1 h at RT, then was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuousgradient from 35-75% EtOAc in Hexanes) to give the title compound (1.65g, 87% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=268. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz) δ 7.73-7.64 (m, 4H), 4.66 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

1B.5-(4-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazole

To a solution of (5-(4-bromophenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methanol (626mg, 2.33 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (0.64mL, 7.0 mmol) and PPTS (29 mg, 0.12 mmol). After stirring overnight atRT, the mixture was quenched with sat. aq. NaHCO₃ and extracted withEtOAc (2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 35-100% EtOAc/Hexanes)to give the title compound (811 mg, 99% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=358. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.82-7.55 (m, 4H), 4.69 (m, 1H),4.65 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H),1.86-1.55 (m, 6H).

1C.4-(3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-5-yl)phenol

To a solution of KOH (2.70 g, 48.1 mmol) in H₂O (50 mL) weresuccessively added Intermediate 1B (5.65 g, 16.0 mmol) and dioxane (50mL) and the solution was degassed with N₂. t-BuXphos (0.545 g, 1.28mmol) and Pd₂(dba)₃ (0.294 g, 0.321 mmol) were added and the suspensionwas degassed with N₂, then was stirred at 90° C. overnight. The reactionmixture was cooled to RT, acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted withEtOAc (2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 25-75% EtOAc/Hexanes) togive the title compound (3.63 g, 78% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=290. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=12.4Hz, 1H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.70 (m, 2H),1.65-1.57 (m, 4H).

1D.5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazole

To a RT solution of 1C (2.0 g, 6.91 mmol) in DMF (50 ml) was added TBSCl(2.08 g, 13.8 mmol) and imidazole (1.88 g, 27.7 mmol). The reaction wasstirred at RT for 6 h, after which H₂O (4 mL) was added. The mixture waspartially concentrated in vacuo, diluted with H₂O, acidified with 1N aq.HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic extracts werewashed with H₂O, 10% aq. LiCl, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo.The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-30%EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the title compound (2.55 g, 91% yield) as a whitesolid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=404. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.75-7.67 (m, 2H),6.93 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.71-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48(d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.78(m, 1H), 1.76-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.54 (m, 4H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.23 (s,6H).

1E.(5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methanol

To a RT solution of 1D (2.45 g, 6.07 mmol) in MeOH (75 mL) was addedPPTS (0.30 g, 1.21 mmol). The reaction was heated at 50° C. for 2 h,then was cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was dilutedwith H₂O and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic extractswere washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 25-50% EtOAcin Hexanes) to give the title compound (1.18 g, 61% yield) as a whitesolid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=320. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.68 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H),0.24 (s, 6H).

1F.(5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methyl(4-nitro-phenyl) carbonate

To a RT solution of 1E (1.8 g, 5.63 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) weresuccessively added pyridine (2.28 mL, 28.2 mmol) and 4-nitrophenylchloroformate (1.82 g, 9.01 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture wasstirred at RT for 1 h, then was concentrated in vacuo and the residuewas chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-40% EtOAc/Hexanes)to give the slightly impure title compound (2.95 g, 108% yield) as awhite solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=485. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.28 (d, J=9.1Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.25 (s, 6H).

1G.(5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

To a RT solution of 1F (1.5 g, 3.10 mmol) in THF (24 mL) was addediPr₂NEt (1.62 mL, 9.29 mmol) and N-methylcyclopentanamine (0.61 g, 6.19mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT, then wasdiluted with H₂O and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organicextracts were washed with sat aq. NaHCO₃, H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuousgradient from 10-40% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the title compound (1.08 g,78% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=445. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.67 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H),4.70-4.29 (m, 1H), 2.76 (br s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.49 (m, 8H),1.00 (s, 9H), 0.24 (s, 6H).

1H. (5-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

To a solution of 1G (1.08 g, 2.429 mmol) in THF (24 mL) was added Bu₄NF(3.04 mL of a 1M solution in THF, 3.04 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at RT for 1.5 h, then was concentrated in vacuo, diluted withH₂O, acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄),and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂;continuous gradient from 25-60% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the titlecompound (619 mg, 77% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=331. ¹H NMR(500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.63 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.12(s, 2H), 4.79-4.19 (m, 1H), 2.78 (br s., 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.33(m, 8H).

1I. (1S,3S)-isopropyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate

To a solution of (1S,3R)-isopropyl 3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate(synthesized according to the procedure described in US2007/0197788A1,77 mg, 0.41 mmol), 1H (80 mg, 0.24 mmol), and Ph₃P (95 mg, 0.36 mmol) inTHF (3 mL) was added DEAD (0.165 mL, 0.36 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred overnight at RT, then was concentrated in vacuo. The residuewas chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 15-70% EtOAc inHexanes), then purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (PhenomenexLumina Axia; 30×100 mm column; 70-100% MeOH/H₂O with 0.1% TFA; 7 mingradient) to give the title compound (43 mg, 36% yield) as a whitesolid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=499.

Example 1

To a solution of 1I (43 mg, 0.086 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) and THF (1 mL)was added aq. 2M LiOH (1 mL, 2.0 mmol) and the reaction was heated at50° C. for 1h, then was cooled to RT. The mixture was diluted with H₂O,acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phasepreparative HPLC: Phenomenex Lumina Axia; 30×100 mm column; 70-100%MeOH/H₂O with 0.1% TFA; 10 min gradient to give the title compound (32mg, 80% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=457. ¹H NMR (500 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H),4.70 (m, 1H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.10(m, 1H), 2.01-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 6H),1.58-1.43 (m, 4H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=14 nM.

Example 2(1S,3S)-3-(4-(4-(((butyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic Acid

2A. (1S,3S)-isopropyl3-(4-(3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate

To a RT solution of 1C (500 mg, 1.73 mmol), (1S,3R)-isopropyl 3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate (547 mg, 2.94 mmol), Et₃N (0.41 mL, 2.94 mmol)and Ph₃P (770 mg, 2.94 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added DEAD (1.34 mL,2.94 mmol) portionwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was stirred atRT for 2 days, then was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with H₂O,acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuousgradient from 15-70% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the title compound (458 mg,58% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=458. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.75 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.70 (m,1H), 4.66 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H),3.54 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.80(m, 3H), 1.78-1.52 (m, 10H), 1.24 (m, 6H).

2B. (1S,3S)-isopropyl3-(4-(4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclo-hexane-1-carboxylate

To a RT solution of 2A (458 mg, 1.00 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was addedPPTS (25 mg, 0.10 mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT overnight, thenwas heated at 50° C. for 2 h and cooled to RT. The mixture was basifiedto pH ˜7 with sat aq. NaHCO₃ and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture wasdiluted with H₂O and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organicextracts were washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo.The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 15-70%EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the title compound (263 mg, 70% yield) as a whitesolid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=374. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H),2.83 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.58 (m,5H), 1.27 (dd, J=6.3, 1.4 Hz, 6H).

2C. (1S,3S)-isopropyl 3-(4-(3-methyl-4-((((4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl)oxy)methyl) isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate

To a RT solution of 2B (263 mg, 0.704 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (7 mL) weresuccessively added pyridine (0.28 mL, 3.52 mmol) and 4-nitrophenylchloroformate (284 mg, 1.41 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture wasstirred at RT for 1 h, then was concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-50% EtOAc/Hexanes) togive the title compound (348 g, 92% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=539. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.32 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d,J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 5.30 (s,2H), 5.06 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.03(m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.28 (dd,J=6.3, 1.1 Hz, 6H).

2D. (1S,3S)-isopropyl3-(4-(4-(((butyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate

To a RT solution of 2C (54 mg, 0.100 mmol) in THF (2 ml) were addediPr₂NEt (0.10 mL, 0.60 mmol) and N-methylbutan-1-amine (26 mg, 0.30mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT overnight, then was diluted withsat aq. NaHCO₃ and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organicextracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated invacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from15-70% EtOAc in Hexanes) to give the slightly impure title compound (54mg, 111% yield) as a white solid which was used as is. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=487.

Example 2

To a RT solution of 2D (54 mg, 0.11 mmol) in MeOH (1.25 mL) and THF(1.25 mL) was added aq. 2M LiGH (1.25 mL, 2.50 mmol) and the reactionwas heated at 50° C. for 1 h, then was cooled to RT. The mixture wasdiluted with H₂O, acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reversephase preparative HPLC: Phenomenex Lumina Axia; 30×100 mm column;60-100% MeOH/H₂O with 0.1% TFA; 8 min gradient to give the titlecompound (31 mg, 62% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=445. ¹H NMR(500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.08(s, 2H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 4H),2.38 (s, 3H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.83-1.73 (m, 1H),1.70-1.58 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.17 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.81 (m,3H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=28 nM.

Example 3(±)-Trans-3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-fluorocyclohexanecarboxylic Acid

3A. (±)-Trans-isopropyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-fluorocyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of intermediate 1 (50.7 mg, 0.248 mmol) and 1H (82 mg,0.248 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added Ph3P (98 mg, 0.372 mmol) and TEA(0.052 mL, 0.372 mmol). While stirring, DIAD (0.072 mL, 0.372 mmol) wasadded to the reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was stirred atrt for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated. The crude oil was purified by prepHPLC (Phenomenex Axia 5uC18 30×100 mm column; detection at 220 nm; flow rate=40 mL/min;continuous gradient from 40% B to 100% B over 10 min+4 min hold time at100% B, where A=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFA and B=90:10:0.1 MeOH:H₂O:TFA) toget 3A (17 mg, 0.033 mmol, 13.26% yield) as clear oil. ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz,CDCl3) δ −151.98 (s, 1F); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.16-5.06 (m, 3H), 4.72 (tt, J=7.7, 3.7 Hz,1H), 4.53 (br. s., 1H), 2.77 (br. s., 3H), 2.59-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s,3H), 2.22-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.41 (m, 14H), 1.32 (dd, J=6.3, 3.0 Hz,6H).

Example 3

A mixture of 3A (17 mg, 0.033 mmol) and 2.0 M LiGH aq. (0.165 mL, 0.329mmol) in THF (0.5 mL)/MeOH (0.1 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hr and thenpurified by prepHPLC (Phenomenex Axia 5u C18 30×100 mm column; detectionat 220 nm; flow rate=40 mL/min; continuous gradient from 30% B to 100% Bover 10 min+2 min hold time at 100% B, where A=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFAand B=90:10:0.1 MeOH:H₂O: TFA) to get racemic Example 3 (15 mg, 0.031mmol, 94% yield) as white solid. [M+H]⁺=475.4; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.77 (tt,J=7.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.19 (m, 1H), 2.76 (br. s., 3H), 2.56-2.44 (m,1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.22-1.43 (m, 15H); ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl₃) δ−149.50 (s, 1F). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=18 nM.

Example 4 Enantiomer I and Example 5 Enantiomer II

Example 3 (9 mg, 0.019 mmol) was done a chiral separation by prepSFC(Instrument: Berger Prep SFC; Column: Chiralpak IC, 21×250 mm, 5 micron;Mobile Phase: 30% MeOH/70% CO2; Flow Conditions: 45 mL/min, 100 Bar, 40°C.; Detector Wavelength: 272 nm; Injection Details: 0.5 mL of 2.5 mg/mLsolution in MeOH) to get the first enantiomer I Example 4 (2 mg, 4.21μmol, 22.22% yield, hLPA₁ IC₅₀=15 nM) and the second enantiomer IIExample 5 (3 mg, 6.32 μmol, 33.3% yield, hLPA₁ IC₅₀=133 nM) as oil.

Example 6

6A. (rac)-trans-ethyl3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-fluorocyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of diisopropylamine (0.373 mL, 2.62 mmol) in THF (5 mL)was added n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane (1.047 mL, 2.62 mmol) drop wise at −78°C. Stirred for 10 min. then changed dry ice cooling bath to ice-waterbath. Stirred for 40 min. Changed cooling bath back to dry ice-acetonebath, added a solution of ethyl3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate (0.5 g, 1.745mmol) in THF (5 mL) drop is over 40 min at −78° C. Stirred for 10 min.then changed dry ice cooling bath to ice-water bath. Stirred for 1 h.The cooling bath was changed back to dry ice-acetone and addedn-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (0.715 g, 2.269 mmol) in THF (5 mL) dropwise. Stirred for 10 min. then removed the cooling bath and let warmedto room temperature. Stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenchedwith a sat. solution of NH4CI and extracted with ether (×2). Thecombined organic layers were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated.The crude oil was added on a 12 g silica gel column and eluted withEtOAc/Hexane (0% to 20% over 15 min) to get 6A (0.44 g, 1.445 mmol, 83%yield) as light yellowish oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.25 (qd,J=7.2, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.84 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.05 (m,1H), 1.98-1.60 (m, 5H), 1.42-1.24 (m, 5H), 0.94-0.84 (m, 9H), 0.07 (d,J=2.8 Hz, 6H).

6B. (rac)-trans-ethyl 1-fluoro-3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate

A mixture of 6A (0.44 g, 1.445 mmol) and 1.0 M TBAF in THF (1.806 mL,1.806 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 h and thenconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in MTBE and then washed withbrine. The aqueous solution was extracted by MTBE (×3). The combinedorganic extracts were dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The crude oilwas added on a 12 g silica gel column and eluted with EtOAc/Hexane (0%to 30% over 12 min) to get 6B (0.232 g, 1.220 mmol, 84% yield) as clearoil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.07-3.84 (m,1H), 3.12-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.47 (m, 7H), 1.36-1.25(m, 3H); ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl₃) δ −152.13 (s, 1F).

6C. (rac)-cis-ethyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-fluorocyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of and 6B (82 mg, 0.248 mmol) in Toluene (2 mL) was addedtri-n-butylphosphine (0.092 mL, 0.372 mmol). While stirring,1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (94 mg, 0.372 mmol) was added to thereaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 2hrs. LCMS showed the desired mass of product. The reaction mixture wasfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude oil was added on a 4g silica gel column and eluted with EtOAc/Hexane (0% to 30% over 10 min)to get 6C (40 mg, 0.080 mmol, 32.1% yield) as clear oil. [M+H]⁺=503.3.

Example 6

A mixture of 6C (40 mg, 0.080 mmol) and 2.0 M LiOH aq. (0.398 mL, 0.796mmol) in THF (1 mL)/MeOH (0.1 mL) was stirred at rt for 18 hr. The crudereaction was purified by prepHPLC (Column: XBridge C18, 19×200 mm, 5-μmparticles; Mobile Phase A: 5:95 acetonitrile: water with 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid; Mobile Phase B: 95:5 acetonitrile: water with 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid; Gradient: 40-80% B over 25 minutes, then a5-minute hold at 100% B; Flow: 20 mL/min.) to Example 6 (6.9 mg, 0.013mmol, 16.44% yield) as oil. [M+Na]⁺=497.1. hLPA₁ IC₅₀=103 nM.

Example 7.(±)-Cis-3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylicAcid

7A. Ethyl 3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of ethyl 3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate (1.36 g, 7.90mmol) and TBSCl (1.309 g, 8.69 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added1H-imidazole (0.645 g, 9.48 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) dropwise over 2 h. Thereaction was stirred at RT overnight, then was diluted with Et₂O. Themixture was washed with brine; the organic phase was washed with water,dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oily product waschromatographed (40 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 20%EtOAc/Hexane over 15 min) to give the title compound (2.20 g, 7.68 mmol,97% yield) as a clear oil.

7B. (±)-Trans-ethyl3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate

To a −78° C. solution of iPr₂NH (1.64 mL, 11.5 mmol) in THF (12 mL) wasadded dropwise 2.5 M BuLi in hexane (4.61 mL, 11.5 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at −78° C. for 10 min, then was allowed to warm to 0° C. andstirred for 40 min at 0° C. The solution was cooled to −78° C. and asolution of 7A (2.20 g, 7.68 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was added dropwiseover 40 min at −78° C. The reaction solution was stirred at −78° C. for10 min, then was allowed to warm to at 0° C. and stirred for 1 h at 0°C. The solution was cooled to −78° C. and CH₃I (0.720 mL, 11.5 mmol) wasadded dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 10 min at −78° C., then wasallowed to warm slowly to RT and stirred at RT for 1 h, then wasquenched with satd aq. NH₄Cl and extracted with Et₂O (2×). The combinedorganic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude oil was chromatographed (40 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to20% EtOAc in Hexane over 15 min) to give the title compound (2.2 g, 7.32mmol, 95% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.14 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (tt, J=10.6, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (ddt, J=12.7, 4.2,2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.59 (m, 1H),1.33-1.23 (m, 5H), 1.23-1.09 (m, 5H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.08 (d, J=3.6 Hz,6H).

7C. (±)-Trans-ethyl 3-hydroxy-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate

A mixture of 7B (2.20 g, 7.32 mmol) and 1.0 M TBAF in THF (9.15 mL, 9.15mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at RT for 18 h, then was concentratedin vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MTBE and then washed with brine.The aqueous solution was extracted by MTBE (×3). The combined organicextracts were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil waschromatographed (40 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 50%EtOAc/Hexane over 15 min) to give the title compound (1.20 g, 6.44 mmol,88% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.20-4.08 (m, 2H),3.67 (tt, J=11.0, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (ddt, J=12.5, 4.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H),2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.68 (dquin, J=14.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H),1.45 (br. s., 1H), 1.37-1.23 (m, 4H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.15-1.10 (m, 1H),1.10-0.98 (m, 2H); ¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 176.8, 68.2, 60.4, 44.8,44.3, 35.1, 34.8, 28.3, 21.7, 14.2.

7D. (±)-Cis-ethyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate

To a RT solution of 7C (56 mg, 0.303 mmol) and 1H (50 mg, 0.151 mmol) intoluene (2 mL) were successively added Bu₃P (0.056 mL, 0.227 mmol) and1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (57.3 mg, 0.227 mmol). The reactionmixture was heated at 50° C. for 18 h, then was cooled to RT andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was chromatographed (4 g SiO₂;continuous gradient from 0% to 30% EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) to give 7D(22 mg, 0.044 mmol, 29.2% yield) as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=499.2

Example 7

A mixture of 7D (22 mg, 0.044 mmol) and 2.0 M aq. LiOH (0.22 mL, 0.44mmol) in THF (1 mL)/MeOH (0.1 mL) was stirred at RT for 3 days, then wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC(Phenomenex Axia 5u C18 30×100 mm column; detection at 220 nm; flowrate=40 mL/min; continuous gradient from 50% B to 100% B over 10 min+2min hold time at 100% B, where A=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFA and B=90:10:0.1MeOH:H₂O:TFA) to give the title compound (15 mg, 0.031 mmol, 70.8%yield) as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=471.3; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.49 (br.s., 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.13-5.05 (m,2H), 4.70-4.22 (m, 2H), 2.76 (br. s., 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.26 (m,1H), 2.10-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.38 (m, 13H), 1.30 (s, 3H). hLPA₁IC₅₀=2181 nM.

Example 8.(±)-Trans-3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylicAcid

8A. (±)-Cis-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-methylcyclohexyl 4-nitrobenzoate

To a mixture of (±)-trans-ethyl 3-hydroxy-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate(750 mg, 4.03 mmol), 4-nitrobenzoic acid (673 mg, 4.03 mmol) and Ph₃P(1584 mg, 6.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added DEAD (1.100 mL, 6.04 mmol)slowly portionwise over 30 min. The reaction was stirred overnight atRT, then was concentrated in vacuo. The residual crude oil waschromatographed (24 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 40%EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) to give a light yellowish oil which wasfurther purified by preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Axia 5u C18 30×100 mmcolumn; detection at 220 nm; flow rate=40 mL/min; continuous gradientfrom 30% B to 100% B over 10 min+5 min hold time at 100% B, whereA=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFA and B=90:10:0.1 MeOH:H₂O:TFA) to give the titlecompound (144 mg, 0.429 mmol, 10.7% yield) as a clear oil which slowlyformed a solid on standing.

8B. (±)-1-methyl-6-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-7-one

A mixture of 8A (144 mg, 0.43 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (59 mg, 0.43 mmol) in EtOH(1 mL) was stirred at RT for 2 h, then was filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residual crude oil was chromatographed (4 gSiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 30% EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) togive the title compound (28 mg, 0.20 mmol, 46.5% yield) as a white solid(¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.80-4.72 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 1H),2.03-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.67 (m, 4H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.20 (s, 3H)).

8C. (±)-Cis-ethyl 3-hydroxy-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate

Sodium (14 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (1 mL) at RT.8B (28 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RTfor 1 h, then was diluted with satd aq. NH₄Cl (3 mL) and extracted withCH₂Cl₂ (3×1 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo. The residual crude oil was chromatographed (4 gSiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 50% EtOAc in Hexane over 10 min) togive the title compound (14 mg, 0.075 mmol, 37.6% yield) as a clear oil.¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.19-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.93 (tt, J=6.8, 3.5 Hz,1H), 1.99 (dd, J=13.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.61 (m,3H), 1.53-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18(s, 3H)

8D (±)-Trans-ethyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate

To a RT solution of 8C (13 mg, 0.07 mmol) and 1H (23 mg, 0.07 mmol) intoluene (2 mL) were successively added Bu₃P (0.026 mL, 0.104 mmol) and1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (26 mg, 0.10 mmol). The reaction mixturewas heated at 50° C. for 2 h, then was cooled to RT and concentrated invacuo. The residual crude oil was chromatographed (4 g SiO₂; continuousgradient from 0% to 30% EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) to give the titlecompound (10 mg, 0.020 mmol, 28.8% yield) as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=499.3.

Example 8

A mixture of 8D (10 mg, 0.020 mmol) and aq. 2.0 M LiGH (0.20 mL, 0.40mmol) in MeOH (0.2 mL)/THF (1 mL) was stirred at RT for 24 h, then wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparativeHPLC (Phenomenex Axia 5u C18 30×100 mm column; detection at 220 nm; flowrate=40 mL/min; continuous gradient from 40% B to 100% B over 10 min+2min hold time at 100% B, where A=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFA and B=90:10:0.1MeOH:H₂O:TFA) to give the title compound (3 mg, 6.31 μmol, 31.5% yield)as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=471.3; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.23 (m, 2H), 2.77(br. s., 3H), 2.65 (dt, J=13.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.23 (d,J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 1.91-1.38 (m, 11H), 1.33 (s,3H), 1.29-1.18 (m, 2H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=89 nM.

Example 9.(±)-Trans-3-((5-(4-((((1-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)pyrazin-2-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylicAcid

9A. tert-butyl (Z)-3-(methylamino)but-2-enoate

A mixture of tert-butyl 3-oxobutanoate (14.5 ml, 87 mmol) andmethylamine (33% solution in EtOH; 23.9 mL, 192 mmol) was stirred at RTfor 16 h, then was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (15g, 88 mmol, 100% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.46(br s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 2.90 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s,9H).

9B. 5-chloropyrazine-2-carbonyl Chloride

To a 0° C. mixture of 5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 6.31mmol) in DCM (6.3 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (6.3 mL, 12.6 mmol) andseveral drops of DMF. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight, then wasconcentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound, which was used inthe next step without further purification.

9C. tert-butyl(E)-2-(5-chloropyrazine-2-carbonyl)-3-(methylimino)butanoate

A solution of 9B (1.0 g, 5.65 mmol) in DCM was added dropwise to a 0° C.solution of 9A (0.97 g, 5.65 mmol) and pyridine (1.83 mL, 22.6 mmol) inTHF (28 mL) over 10 min. The reaction was stirred at RT for 24 h, thenwas concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between EtOAc and water. Theorganic layer was separated; the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc(3×). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄) and concentratedin vacuo to give the crude title compound as a yellow oil, which wasused in the next reaction without further purification.

9D. tert-butyl 5-(5-chloropyrazin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylate

A mixture of crude 9C (1.90 g, 6.1 mmol) and NH₂OH.HCl (0.64 g, 9.14mmol) in EtOH (58 mL)/water (2.9 mL) was stirred at 60° C. for 3 days,then was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was partitioned betweenEtOAc and water; the organic layer was washed with water and brine,dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material waschromatographed (40 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-50% EtOAc inhexanes over 15 min) to afford the title compound (1.30 g, 4.40 mmol,72.1% yield) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.01 (d,J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H).

9E. (±)-Trans-tert-butyl5-(5-((3-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl)oxy)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylate

A mixture of 9D (166 mg, 0.56 mmol), racemic trans-ethyl3-hydroxy-cyclohexanecarboxylate (193 mg, 1.12 mmol), and Cs₂CO₃ (366mg, 1.12 mmol) in MeCN (2.5 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 18 h, then wascooled to RT. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc andwater. The organic layer was washed with water, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (12 g SiO₂;continuous gradient from 0% to 30% EtOAc in Hexane over 10 min) to givethe title compound (150 mg, 0.348 mmol, 61.9% yield) as a clear oil.[M+H]⁺=432.3; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.74 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d,J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.53-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.14 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (tt,J=10.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.21 (dt, J=14.0, 4.1 Hz, 1H),2.04-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.43 (m, 14H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

9F.(±)-Trans-5-(5-((-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl)oxy)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylicAcid

A mixture of 9E (150 mg, 0.348 mmol) and TFA (0.268 mL, 3.48 mmol) inDCM (3 mL) was stirred at RT for 4 h and then concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound (130 mg, 0.346 mmol, 100% yield) as lightyellowish solid. [M+H]⁺=376.1; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.01 (d, J=1.4Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.67-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.05 (m, 2H),2.80 (tt, J=10.4, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.10 (m, 1H),2.04-1.88 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.19 (m, 3H).

9G. (±)-Trans-ethyl3-((5-(4-(chlorocarbonyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)pyrazin-2-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

A mixture of 9F (130 mg, 0.346 mmol) and1-chloro-N,N,2-trimethylprop-1-en-1-amine (0.055 mL, 0.416 mmol) in DCM(2 mL) was stirred at RT for 1 h, then was concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound (136 mg, 0.345 mmol, 100% yield) as a yellow oil,which was used in the next reaction without further purification.

9H. (±)-Trans-ethyl3-((5-(4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)pyrazin-2-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

A solution of 9G (136 mg, 0.345 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwiseto a suspension of NaBH₄ (20 mg, 0.529 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) at −78° C.The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h (LCMS showed the reactionwas complete at this point). The pH of the reaction mixture was adjustwith aq. 1N HCl reaction to ˜4, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with water, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waschromatographed (12 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0% to 50%EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) to give the title compound (72 mg, 0.20 mmol,58% yield) as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=362.2; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.75(d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.59-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.51(m, 2H), 4.21-4.07 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.12(m, 1H), 2.03-1.38 (m, 7H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

9I. (±)-Trans-ethyl3-((5-(3-methyl-4-((((4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-5-yl)pyrazin-2-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

A solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (34 mg, 0.17 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂(3 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 9H (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) andpyridine (0.056 mL, 0.69 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) over 1 h at 0° C. Thereaction was allowed to warm to RT and stirred at RT for 2 h, then wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (4 g SiO₂;continuous gradient from 0% to 30% EtOAc/Hexane over 10 min) to give thetitle compound (70 mg, 0.133 mmol, 96% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR(500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.70-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.23 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.35 (m,2H), 5.72-5.63 (m, 2H), 5.55-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.10 (m, 2H), 2.80 (tt,J=10.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.21 (dt, J=14.0, 4.1 Hz, 1H),2.03-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.39 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.15 (m, 3H).

Example 9

A mixture of 9I (30 mg, 0.057 mmol), 1-cyclopropyl-N-methylethanamine(11.30 mg, 0.114 mmol), and DIPEA (0.030 mL, 0.171 mmol) in THF (1 mL)was stirred at RT for 2 h (LC-MS showed product formation at thispoint). Aq. 2.0 M LiOH (0.23 mL, 0.46 mmol) was added, and the reactionwas stirred at RT for 3 h, then was concentrated in vacuo. The crudeproduct was purified by preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Axia 5u C18 30×100mm column; detection at 220 nm; flow rate=40 mL/min; continuous gradientfrom 30% B to 100% B over 10 min+3 min hold time at 100% B, whereA=90:10:0.1 H₂O:MeOH:TFA and B=90:10:0.1 MeOH:H₂O:TFA) to give the titlecompound (24 mg, 0.051 mmol, 90% yield) as a clear oil. [M+H]⁺=459.1; ¹HNMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.64 (br. s., 1H), 8.33-8.12 (m, 1H), 5.58-5.00(m, 3H), 3.64-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.70 (m, 4H), 2.39 (br. s., 3H),2.31-1.53 (m, 8H), 1.16 (br. s., 3H), 0.92-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.02 (m,4H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=85 nM.

Example 10.(1S,3S)-3-((6-(4-((((2-Cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxa-zol-5-yl)-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylicAcid

10A. tert-Butyl5-(5-bromo-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylate

To a RT solution of 5-bromo-6-methylpicolinic acid (3.0 g, 13.9 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (25 mL) and DMF (1 mL) under N₂ was added SOCl₂ (3.0 mL, 41.7mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 15 h, then wascooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The crude acid chloride productwas dissolved in THF (10 mL) and added to a solution of tert-butyl3-(methylamino)but-2-enoate (4.67 g, 27.3 mmol) and pyridine (2.2 mL,27.3 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 24h, then was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved inEtOH (40 mL) and water (2 mL), after which NH₂OH.HCl (1.98 g, 41.7 mmol)was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 15 h, then wascooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. Water (50 mL) was added and themixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentratedin vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (24 g SiO₂; 10% EtOAc inhexanes) to afford the title compound (2.55 g, 52%, for 3 steps) as anorange liquid. LC-MS retention time=1.42 min; m/z=355.0 [M+H]⁺ (MethodM). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.10 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.10Hz, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

10B. 5-(5-Bromo-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylicAcid

To a stirred solution of 10A (2.50 g, 7.08 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (4 mL) wasadded TFA (3.82 mL, 49.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atRT for 15 h, then was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound(1.75 g, 83%) as a yellow solid, which was used in the next reactionwithout further purification. LC-MS retention time=0.67 min; m/z=297.3[M+H]⁺ (Method I). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.21 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H),7.92 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H).

10C. (5-(5-Bromo-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methanol

To a 0° C. solution of 10B (1.50 g, 5.05 mmol) in THF (80 mL) was addedethyl chloroformate (1.64 g, 12 mmol), TEA (1.41 mL, 10.1 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at RT for 16 h, then was filtered through Celiteand the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved inEtOH (15 mL) and to this 0° C. solution was added NaBH₄ (0.573 g, 15.2mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, then was quenchedwith 0° C. aq. 1.5 N HCl (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×50 mL).The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waschromatographed (12 g SiO₂; 20% EtOAc in n-hexanes) to afford the titlecompound (1.22 g, 85%) as a white solid. LC-MS retention time=1.25 min;m/z=283.2 [M+H]⁺ (Method H). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.00 (d, J=8.40Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s,3H).

10D.5-(5-Bromo-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazole

To a RT solution of 10C (1.20 g, 4.24 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was added3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (0.46 g, 5.51 mmol) and PPTS (0.533 g, 2.12 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 h, then was diluted withwater (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (24 g SiO₂;20% EtOAc in n-hexanes) to afford the title compound (1.30 g, 84%) as acolorless liquid. LC-MS retention time=3.32 min; m/z=367.2 [M+H]⁺(Method E). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.91 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d,J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (ABq, J=11.60 Hz, 2H), 4.75 (t, J=3.60 Hz, 1H),4.00-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.95 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H),1.40-1.90 (m, 6H).

10E.3-Methyl-5-(6-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-4(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazole

To a degassed solution of 10D (1.30 g, 3.54 mmol),bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.80 g, 7.1 mmol) and KOAc (0.695 g, 7.08 mmol)in dioxane (40 mL) was added1,1′-bis(diphenyl-phosphino)ferrocene-Pd(II)Cl₂—CH₂Cl₂ adduct (0.578 g,0.708 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 8 h, thenwas cooled to RT. The mixture was filtered through Celite, which waswashed with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated invacuo to give the title compound product (1.25 g, 85%) as a colorlessoil. This crude product was used in the next step without furtherpurification. LC-MS retention time=3.93 min; m/z=415.2 [M+H]⁺ (MethodE).

10F.2-Methyl-6-(3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-5-yl)pyridine-3-ol

To a mixture of 10E (1.25 g, 3.02 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and water (2 mL)was added NaBO₃.H₂O (1.21 g, 12.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 55° C. for 90 min, then was cooled to RT. The mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc (80 mL), washed with water (2×50 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄)and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (24 gSiO₂, 25% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound (0.78 g, 85%)as colorless oil. LC-MS retention time=1.14 min; m/z=303.4 [M−H] (MethodI). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.44 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H),7.25 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (ABq, J=12.40 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (br. s., 1H),3.75-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H),1.35-1.80 (m, 6H).

10G. (1S,3S)-Ethyl3-((2-methyl-6-(3-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of 10F (0.78 g, 2.56 mmol) in toluene (8 mL) was addeddi-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (1.475 g, 6.41 mmol) and Ph₃P (1.681 g,6.41 mmol). The solution was stirred at RT for 5 min, after which(1S,3R)-ethyl 3-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate (0.75 g, 4.36 mmol) wasadded. The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 20 h, then wascooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waschromatographed (24 g SiO₂, eluting with 15% EtOAc in hexanes) to affordthe title compound (0.68 g, 58%) as a colorless oil. LC-MS retentiontime=1.72 min; m/z=459.2 [M+H]⁺ (Method I). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.67 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H),4.65-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.11 (q, J=7.20 Hz, 2H), 3.88-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.58(m, 1H), 2.75-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.00-2.15 (m,1H) 1.80-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.75 (m, 10H), 1.23 (t, J=7.20 Hz, 3H).

10H. (1S,3S)-Ethyl3-((6-(4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of 10G (680 mg, 1.48 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was addedp-TsOH.H₂O (141 mg, 0.741 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atRT for 3 h, then was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waschromatographed (12 g SiO₂, 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the titlecompound (340 mg, 61%) as a colorless oil. LC-MS retention time=1.38min; m/z=375.5 [M+H]⁺ (Method I). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78 (d,J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (t, J=6.80 Hz, 1H), 4.74(br. s., 1H), 4.60 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.75-2.85(m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.85-2.10 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.75 (m,4H), 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

10I. (1S,3S)-Ethyl3-((6-(4-((((2-cyclopropylethyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

To a RT solution of 10G (50 mg, 0.134 mmol), 3-cyclopropylpropanoic acid(0.03 mL, 0.27 mmol) and Et₃N (0.056 mL, 0.69 mmol) in toluene (2 mL)was added (PhO)₂PON₃ (0.06 mL, 0.27 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 110° C. for 16 h, then was cooled to RT and was concentratedin vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (4 g SiO₂; 40% EtOAc inhexanes) to afford the title compound (40 mg, 62%) as a pale yellow oil.LC-MS retention time=3.83 min; m/z=486.2 [M+H]⁺ (Method E). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.71 (d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H), 5.46(br. s., 2H), 4.80-4.85 (s, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (t, J=16.2Hz, 1H), 2.80-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.20 (m,1H), 1.90-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.29 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.60-0.80 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.03-0.15 (m, 2H).

10J. (1S,3S)-Ethyl3-((6-(4-((((2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate

To a solution of 10I (40 mg, 0.082 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) under N₂ wasadded NaH (5 mg, 0.124 mmol) at 0° C. followed by methyl iodide (10 μL,0.165 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 6 h, then wasquenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried(Na₂SO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to furnish the title compound (40mg, 92%) as a pale yellow oil. LC-MS retention time=3.85 min; m/z=500.4[M+H]⁺ (Method E). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.72 (d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H),7.45 (d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (br. s., 2H), 4.80-4.85 (br. s., 1H), 4.14(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.92 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H),2.37 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.80 (m, 3H),1.20-1.47 (m, 6H), 0.85-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.20-0.48 (m, 2H), 0.05 (br. s.,1H), −0.20 (br. s., 1H).

Example 10

To a solution of 10J (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and MeOH (2 mL)was added a solution of LiOH.H₂O (10 mg, 0.240 mmol) in water (1 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h, then was acidified withaq. 1.5N HCl (10 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×20 mL). The combinedorganic extracts were washed with brine (15 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparativeHPLC to afford the title compound (16 mg, 42%) as colorless oil(X-Bridge Phenyl (250×19) mm 5 micron column; flow rate 17 mL/min;Mobile Phase A: 10 mM NH₄OAc in water (pH:4.5); Mobile Phase B: MeCN;time(min)/% B: 0/20, 8/70, 14/70, 15/100; retention time: 11.93 min).LC-MS retention time=2.17 min; m/z=472.2 [M+H]⁺ (Method E). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.74 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 5.46(br. s., 2H), 4.80-4.85 (br. s., 1H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.92 (m,4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.86-2.01 (m, 3H),1.60-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.20-1.48 (m, 3H), 0.56-0.94 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.48 (m,2H), 0.06 (br. s., 1H), −0.18 (br. s., 1H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=11 nM.

The examples in Table 1 below were prepared by the generalmethods/synthetic sequence described for the preparation of Examples 1to 10.

TABLE 1 Analytical & Biological Ex # Structure & Name Data Method 11

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.74 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H),5.46 (br. s., 2H), 4.80-4.85 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.50- 2.90 (m,5H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 3H),1.50-1.85 (m, 11H); m/z = 472.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 13 nM. Example 1012

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 7.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,1H), 4.80- 4.85 (m, 1H), 5.46 (br. s., 2H), 2.70-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s,3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.85- 2.00 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.83 (m,13H); m/z = 472.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 14 nM. Example 10 13

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 7.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,1H), 5.48 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.85 (m, 1H), 3.70-4.00 (m, 1H),2.73-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.63- 2.68 (m, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H),2.10-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.90-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.30- 1.58 (m,4H), 0.86 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H), 0.73 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H); m/z = 474.4[M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 53 nM. Example 10 14

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 7.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.85 (m, 1H), 2.85-3.20 (m, 5H), 2.70- 2.80(m,1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.80-2.20 (m, 6H), 1.30-1.40 (m,1H), 0.80-1.10 (m, 2H), 0.02- 0.60 (m, 4H); m/z = 458.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁IC₅₀ = 14 nM. Example 10 15

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 7.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,1H), 5.46 (br. s., 2H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 3.10- 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.90 (m,4H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.90-2.17 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 4H),0.70- 1.60 (m, 8H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 15 nM. Example 10 16

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 7.50-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.00- 7.40 (m, 4H), 6.91 (d,J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30-5.40 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.80 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 3H),2.25-2.40 (m, 5H), 2.01 (s, 2H), 1.80-1.94 (m, 5H), 1.50-1.80 (m, 5H),1.05-1.35 (m, 3H); m/z = 519.8 [M]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 93 nM. Example 10 17

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.72 (br. s., 1H), 7.42 (br. s., 1H), 6.97-7.36 (m,4H), 5.55 (br. s., 2H), 4.34-4.51 (m, 2H), 2.93 (br. s., 1H), 2.76-2.86(m, 3H), 2.43-2.55 (m, 3H), 2.29-2.41 (m, 3H), 1.89- 2.17 (m, 4H),1.61-1.83 (m, 4H); m/z = 528.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 399 nM. Example 1018

(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.72 (br. s., 1H), 7.44 (br. s., 1H), 7.33 (br. s.,1H), 7.26 (br. s., 1H), 7.17 (br. s., 2H), 7.06 (br. s., 1H), 5.52 (d, J= 18.07 Hz, 2H), 4.37-4.52 (m, 2H), 2.90 (br. s., 3H), 2.79 (br. s.,1H), 2.30-2.54 (m, 6H), 2.12 (d, J = 13.55 Hz, 1H), 1.88-2.02 (m, 3H),1.64-1.80 (m, 5H); m/z = 494.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 31 nM. Example 1019

(400 MHz, CD₃OD): 400 MHz, CD₃OD: δ 7.62 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d,J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.76-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.12- 3.16 (m, 1H),3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.78 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H),1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.82- 1.88 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.12-1.30 (m,3H), 0.97-1.08 (m, 3H), 0.60- 0.83 (m, 3H); m/z = 474.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁IC₅₀ = 10 nM. Example 10 20

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.74 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.80Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 4.76- 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.91(m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.90- 2.00 (m,3H), 1.60-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.50 (m, 3H), 0.95 (d, J = 4.40 Hz, 3H),0.71 (d, J = 4.40 Hz, 3H); m/z = 474.2 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 8 nM.Example 10 21

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H),7.54 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m,1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72(m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H) 1.91-2.18 (m,2H), 1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21(m, 1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H). m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺ hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 29 nMExample 10 22

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H),7.54 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m,1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72(m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.91-2.18 (m,2H), 1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21(m, 1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H); m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 13 nM.Example 10 23

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H),7.54 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m,1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72(m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H) 1.91-2.18 (m,2H), 1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21(m, 1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H); m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 21 nM.Example 10 24 (dia- stereo- mer mixture)

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H),7.54 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m,1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72(m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.91-2.18 (m,2H), 1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21(m, 1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H); m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 13 nM.Example 10 25

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H), 7.54(d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m, 1H),3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72 (m,1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.91-2.18 (m, 2H),1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21 (m,1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H); m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 41 nM.Example 10 26

(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.15 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 9.04 Hz, 1H),7.54 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 15.06 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m,1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74- 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.72(m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.40 (m, 1H) 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.91-2.18 (m,2H), 1.74- 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.71 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.09-1.21(m, 1H), 0.87- 1.03 (m, 1H); m/z = 486.3 [M + H]⁺; hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 186 nM.Example 10 27

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 457; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (d, J = 8.8 Hz,2H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 3.42- 3.24(m, 2H), 2.97-2.84 (m, 4H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.89 (m,3H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.57 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.31 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.34 (m,3H), 0.06 (m, 1H), −0.05 (m, 1H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 23 nM. Example 10 28

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 485; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.74 (s, 2H), 7.15(d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 3.24-3.08 (m, 2H),2.84-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.40 (m, 15H), 1.39-1.33 (m, 2H),1.12-0.84 (m, 2H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 470 nM. Example 10 29

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.74 (s, 2H), 7.16(d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.77 (br s, 1H), 3.17-2.99 (m, 2H),2.79 (br s, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.22-1.40 (m, 17H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 424 nM.Example 10 30

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 473; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.79-7.69 (m, 2H),7.15 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 3.26-3.07 (m, 2H),2.84-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.72 (m, 3H),1.71-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.40- 1.20 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.73 (m, 9H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ =60 nM. Example 10 31

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 459; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz,2H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.78 (br s, 1H), 3.87 (s,1H), 3.68-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.17-1.73 (m,7H), 1.74-1.47 (m, 4H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 370 nM. Example 2 32

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 457; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.73 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,2H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H),2.46 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 2.08 m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 2H),1.77- 1.16 (m, 13H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 59 nM. Example 1 33

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 459; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.72 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.72 (br s, 1H),3.33-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1H),2.04-1.31 (m, 10H), 0.97-0.79 (m, 6H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 21 nM. Example 1 34

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 457; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.15(d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 3.51- 3.46 (m, 2H),3.26-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.98-1.51 (m, 13H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 82 nM. Example 2 35

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 441; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.70 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,2H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.09- 4.94 (m, 2H), 4.75 (br s, 1H),3.51-3.27 (m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.45 (m, 10H), 0.64(m, 1H), 0.02 (m, 1H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 1230 nM. Example 2 36

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 443; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.73 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,2H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.77 (br s, 1H), 3.50 (m,2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.09- 1.51 (m, 13H);hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 102 nM. Example 2 37

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 443; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.67 (d, J = 8.9 Hz,2H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.71 (br s, 1H), 3.09- 2.90(m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.42 (m, 8H),0.93- 0.71 (m, 1H), 0.42-−0.04 (m, 4H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 206 nM. Example 238

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 475; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.70-7.64 (m, 1H),7.58 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.81(br s, 1H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.97(m, 1H), 1.89-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.38 (m, 12H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 26 nM.Example 1 39 Cis- isomer

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 472; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆ ) δ 7.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H),2.43 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H),1.85 (t, J = 14.3 Hz, 2H), 1.68- 1.25 (m, 13H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 27 nM. 40

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 444; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.44 (d, J = 2.7 Hz,1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d,J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 4.83 (br s, 1H), 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m,1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.50 (m, 8H), 1.07 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (m,1H), 0.42-0.04 (m, 4H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 1650 nM. 41

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 458; ¹NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.44 (d, J = 2.7 Hz,1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (m,2H), 4.84 (br s, 1H), 2.76-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H),1.99-1.50 (m, 8H), 1.16-0.98 (m, 4H), 0.89 (m, 1H), 0.54-−0.15 (m, 4H);hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 46 nM. 42

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 458; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.85(d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (m, 2H), 4.83 (br s,1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.96-1.50 (m, 8H), 1.13-1.00 (m, 4H), 0.90 (m, 1H), 0.55-−0.20 (m, 4H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 20 nM. 43

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 458; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 8.62 (s, 1H),8.01 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 4.85 (br s, 1H),3.31 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.18-1.37 (m, 10H), 0.57 (m,1H), 0.41 (m, 2H), 0.00 (m, 2H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 15 nM. 44

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 446; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 8.47 (s, 1H),7.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H),4.77 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.81 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H),2.13-1.64 (m, 8H), 1.42 (br s, 4H), 0.97-0.78 hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 5.6 nM. 45

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H),7.39 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.12(m, 2H), 2.90 (br s, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.16-1.32 (m, 11H), 0.98- 0.75(m, 6H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 5.2 nM. 46

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 458; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 8.53- 8.45 (s,1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s,2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.16- 1.39(m, 17H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 13 nM.

Example 47.(±)-(Trans)-2-(3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexyl)aceticAcid

Example 47 was synthesized using the same synthetic route described forthe preparation of Example 1 from Example 1H and (1S,1R)-isopropyl3-hydroxycyclohexane carboxylate, except that intermediate 3 was usedinstead of the cyclohexane carboxylate. LCMS, [M+H]⁺=471. ¹HNMR (500MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.73 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s,2H), 4.79 (br s, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.09 (m, 3H),1.98-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.34 (m, 13H), 1.09 (m, 1H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=570 nM.

The following compounds were prepared using the general syntheticsequence as used for the preparation of Example 47. For Example 49, thecarbamate was installed according to the procedure described for Example1 (conversion Example 1F→1G).

Ex # Structure & Name Analytical & Biology Data 48

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471; ¹NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,2H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H),2.31 (s, 3H), 2.19 (br d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.92- 1.37(m, 12H), 1.29-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.06 (m, 1H), 0.97- 0.88 (m, 1H);hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 1490 nM. 49

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 473; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.72 (br s, 2H), 7.14(br d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 3.26-3.11 (m, 2H),2.80 (m, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.15-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 3H),1.43-1.23 (m, 4H), 1.10-1.03 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.74 (m, 6H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ =1210 nM.

Example 50.(1S,3S)-3-(4-(4-(1-((isopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)ethyl)-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylicAcid (Pair of Diastereomers)

50A.5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carbaldehyde

To a RT solution of Example 1E (500 mg, 1.56 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) wasadded Dess-Martin periodinane (830 mg, 1.96 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred overnight at RT, then was quenched with H₂O and extractedwith DCM (2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O andbrine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-30% EtOAc in hexanes)to give the title compound (455 mg, 92% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=318. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.08 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 6.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.01 (s, 9H), 0.26 (s, 6H).

50B.1-(5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)ethan-1-ol

To a 0° C. solution of Example 50A (455 mg, 1.43 mmol) in THF (15 mL)was added 3M MeMgBr in THF (1.19 mL, 3.58 mmol) dropwise. The reactionwas stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, then was warmed to RT and cautiouslyquenched with 1N aq. HCl. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄),and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂;continuous gradient from 0-30% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the titlecompound (477 mg, 99% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=334. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.52 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.11(m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.58 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.24 (s,6H).

50C.5-(4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methyl-4-(1-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethyl)isoxazole

To a RT solution of Example 50B (477 mg, 1.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded dihydropyran (361 mg, 4.29 mmol) and PPTS (36 mg, 0.14 mmol). Thereaction was stirred overnight at RT, then was quenched with satd aq.NaHCO₃ and extracted with DCM (2×). The combined organic extracts werewashed with H₂O and brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 10-40% EtOAcin hexanes) to give the title compound as a mixture of diastereomers(540 mg, 90% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=418.

50D.4-(3-methyl-4-(1-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethyl)isoxazol-5-yl)phenol

To a RT solution of Example 50C (540 mg, 1.29 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded 1M Bu₄NF in THF (1.68 mL, 1.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred atRT for 3 h, then was acidified with 1N aq. HCl and extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed(SiO₂; continuous gradient from 25-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give thetitle compound as mixture of diastereomers (352 mg, 90% yield) as awhite solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=304.

Example 50

Example 50 was prepared from Example 50D according to the syntheticroute described for the preparation of Example 2 except that Example 50Dwas used instead of Example 1C as the starting material for thesequence. LCMS, [M+H]⁺=273. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.65 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.74 (br s, 1H),3.32-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H),1.97-1.46 (m, 12H), 1.42-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.83 (m, 6H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=175 nM.

The following compounds were prepared following the general syntheticsequence for Example 50.

Ex # Structure & Name Analytical & Biology Data 51

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.64 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,2H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 5.82 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H),2.79-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.47 (m, 11H), 1.21-0.99 (m, 3H), 0.98-0.83 (m, 1H), 0.57-−0.22 (m, 4H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 32 nM.52

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 459; ¹NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.64 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,2H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.81 (m, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.08 (m,2H), 2.83- 2.71 (m, 3H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.34 (m, 13H),1.18 (m, 2H), 0.83 (m, 3H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 60 nM.

Example 53.(1S,3S)-3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylicAcid

53A. (3-(4-bromophenyl)-5-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methyl (4-nitrophenyl)carbonate

To a solution of (3-(4-bromophenyl)-5-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methanol(synthesized according to the procedure described in Bioorg. Med. Chem.2017, 25, 3223-3234; 2.0 g, 7.46 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL) was addedpyridine (3.02 mL, 37.3 mmol), followed by 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate(3.01 g, 14.92 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at RT, then was concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 0-50% EtOAc in hexanes)to give the slightly impure title compound (3.16 g, 98% yield) as awhite solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=433.

53B. (3-(4-bromophenyl)-5-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

To a RT solution of 53A (3.16 g, 7.29 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was addediPr₂NEt (3.82 mL, 21.9 mmol) and N-methylcyclopentanamine (1.08 g, 10.9mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at RT, then was diluted with H₂Oand extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic extracts were washedwith satd aq. NaHCO₃ and H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo.The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 10-50%EtOAc in hexanes); the purified material was triturated with hexanes togive the title compound (1.96 g, 68% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=393. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 5.01(s, 2H), 4.62-4.30 (m, 1H), 2.72 (br s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.61 (m,4H), 1.57-1.41 (m, 4H).

53C.(5-methyl-3-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methyl cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

A mixture of 53B (1.96 g, 4.98 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.90 g,7.48 mmol), and KOAc (1.96 g, 19.9 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was degassedwith N₂. Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.36 g, 0.498 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was degassed with N₂ and stirred at 60° C. overnight, then wascooled to RT, partially concentrated in vacuo and extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O and brine,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waschromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from 15-50% EtOAc in hexanes)to give the title compound (1.84 g, 84% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS,[M+H]⁺=441. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.91 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (brd, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.19 (m, 1H), 2.72 (br s, 3H), 2.56(s, 3H), 1.82-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.37 (s, 12H).

53D.(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)phenyl)boronic Acid

To a solution of 53C (1.84 g, 4.18 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and H₂O (5 mL)was added NaIO₄ (2.68 g, 12.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atRT for 1 h, after which aq. 1M HCl (3.76 ml, 3.76 mmol) was added andthe reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was diluted withH₂O and was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic extractswere washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo.The resulting solid was triturated with 25% EtOAc in hexanes to give thetitle compound (1.22 g, 82% yield) as a slightly impure white solid.LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=359.

53E. (3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

To a solution of 53D (1.0 g, 2.79 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) and H₂O (4 mL)was added 35% aq. H₂O₂ (1.92 mL, 22.3 mmol). The reaction was stirredovernight at RT, then was partially concentrated in vacuo, acidifiedwith 1N aq. HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organicextracts were washed with H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated invacuo. The residue was chromatographed (SiO₂; continuous gradient from25-75% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound (880 mg, 95% yield)as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=331. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.60 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.20 (m, 1H),2.74 (br s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.84-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.58-1.41 (m, 4H).

Example 53

The title compound was prepared according to the synthetic sequencedescribed for the synthesis of Example 1 from Example 1H except thatExample 53E was used instead of Example 1H. LCMS, [M+H]⁺=457. ¹H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.63 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),5.01 (s, 2H), 4.73 (br s, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.58 (m, 3H), 2.48 (s,3H), 2.00-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.28 (m, 13H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=6 nM.

Example 54.(1S,3S)-3-((5-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylicAcid

54A.5-(5-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazol-3-yl)pyridin-2-ol

The title compound was prepared according to the general synthetic routedescribed for the synthesis of Example 53A (Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2017, 25,3223-3234) by using 6-bromonicotinaldehyde instead of4-bromobenzaldehyde, and then carrying forward according to theprocedures described for the synthesis of Example 1A→1C. LCMS,[M+H]⁺=291. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.04-7.99 (m, 2H), 6.68 (m, 1H),4.67-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 2.50(s, 3H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.58 (m, 4H).

Example 54

The title compound was prepared from 54A according to the syntheticsequence described for the preparation of Example 2 (from Example2A→Example 2). LCMS, [M+H]⁺=458. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.47 (s,1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (br s, 1H),5.05 (s, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.57 (m, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.05 (m,1H), 1.87-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.70-1.26 (m, 3H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=197 nM.

The following compounds were synthesized according to the generalsynthetic sequence described for the preparation of Examples indicated.

Ex # Structure & Name Analytical & Biology Data Method 55

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 459.0; ¹H NMR (500 MHz DMSO- d₆) δ 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.45(s, 1H), 5.41 (br s, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.66 (br s, 4H), 2.34 (s, 3H),2.14-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.36 (m, 16H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 88 nM. Example 9 56

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 461.1; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.72 (br s, 1H),8.45 (s, 1H), 5.41 (br s, 1H), 5.29 (br d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.00(m, 2H), 2.76 (br d, J = 13.4 Hz, 3H), 2.64 (br s, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H),2.07 (br d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.11 (m, 10H), 0.92-0.63 (m, LPA₁IC₅₀ = 150 nM. Example 9 57

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 484.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d₆) 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.85(d, J = 6.80 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 5.20-5.44 (m, 2H), 4.84(br. s., 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.89(s , 3H), 1.46-1.81 (m, 6H), 0.90-1.15 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.04-0.41 (m, 5H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 26 nM. Example 2 58

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 458.4; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.46 (d, J = 2.51Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 9.04 & 3.01 Hz, 1H),5.34 (d, J = 10.80 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s., 3H), 2.62-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.35- 2.00 (m, 15H); LPA₁ IC₅₀= 8 nM. Example 2 59

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 494.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.67 (d, J = 8.40Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.60 (m,2H), 4.99 (s, 1H), 4.87 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 1H), 2.80-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.48(s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.90- 2.10 (m, 3H) 1.40-1.80(m, 7H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 45 nM. Example 2 60

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 446.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.10 (d, J = 8.40Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (s,1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.90(m, 1H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.00-2.10 (m,1H), 1.70-1.93 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.66 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 9H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 166nM. Example 2 61

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 512.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 7.65-7.80 (m, 1H)7.30-7.50 (m, 1H) 6.70-7.20 (m, 4H), 5.41- 5.63 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m,1H), 4.35-4.54 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.92 (m, 4H), 2.25- 2.57 (m, 6H), 1.89-2.17(m, 4H), 1.63-1.83 (m, 4H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 19 nM. Example 2 62

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 508.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.71 (d, J = 8.80Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.40 (m, 5H), 5.42 (s, 2H),4.80-4.85 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.90-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.20 (m, 11H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 17 nM. Example 2 63

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 460.4; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.70 (d, J = 8.53Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 4.90-4.80 (m, 1H),2.78 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.93- 1.85 (s, 4H), 1.78-1.45(m, 5H), 1.28 (s, 9H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 50 nM. Example 2 64

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 12.00-12.30 (m,1H), 7.50-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.10- 7.20 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.81 (s, 1H),4.20-4.50 (m, 1H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.30-2.10(m, 17H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 52 nM. Example 2 65

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.55-7.70 (br. s.,2H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.85 (m, 1H),3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H),1.90-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.70m, 10H), (d, J = 5.60 Hz, 3H), 0.81 (d, J =5.60 Hz, 3H); LPA₁ IC₅₀ = 28 nM. Example 2 66

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 461.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 8.40 (d, J =2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H),5.56-5.37 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.38 (br s,3H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.84- 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.17 (brs, 3H), 0.84 (br s, 1H), 0.54 (br 1H), 0.39 (br s, 1H), 0.29 (br s, 1H),0.10 (br s, 1H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 25 nM. Example 2 + Example 10 67

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 461.3; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.69 (br d, J = 8.2Hz, 2H), 7.16 (br d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (br s, 2H), 4.69 (br s, 1H),4.36-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.21 (br s, 2H), 3.14 (br s, 2H), 2.66 (br d, J =13.7 Hz, 3H), 2.30 (s, 4H), 2.01 (br s, 1H), 1.68 (br s, 4H), 1.57 (brs, 3H), 1.48 (br s, 1H), 0.97 (br d, J = 16.8 Hz, 3H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 675nM. Example 2 68

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 457′ ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.80-7.64 (m, 2H),7.39-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.24- 7.07 (m, 2H), 5.12-5.01 (m, 2H), 4.82-4.68 (m,1H), 3.17 (br s, 3H), 2.83-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.64 (br s, 3H), 2.33-2.25 (m,2H), 2.06 (s, 2H), 2.01-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.73 (m, 3H), 1.72- 1.60 (m,2H), 1.58-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.12-0.97 (m, 3H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 48 nM. Example 269

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471.1; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.77 (br d, J = 7.9Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.14 (br s, 2H), 5.06 (br s, 2H), 4.76 (brs, 1H), 4.11- 3.97 (m, 0.5H), 3.81 (br s, 0.5H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.64(br s, 1H), 2.60-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.31 (br d, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 1.95 (br d,J = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 1.85 (br d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (br s, 3H), 1.65(br d, J = 8.9 Hz, 4H), 1.52 (br s, 4H), 0.90 (br s, 1.5H), 0.85 (br d,J = 5.2 Hz, 1.5H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 214 nM. Example 2 70

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 471.9; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 8.46 (d, J = 2.9Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.34(s, 2H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.68 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, OH), 2.32 (s,3H), 2.01-1.49 (m, 12H), 1.04 (s, 6H), (cyclobutyl methine proton notobserved due to water-suppression); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 23 nM. Example 2 71

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 461.1; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.72 (br s, 2H),7.16- 7.10 (m, 2H), 5.04 (br s, 2H), 4.75 (br s, 1H), 3.40 (br d, J =8.2 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (br d, J = 13.1 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (br s, 1H), 2.83 (br s,1H), 2.80- 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.64 (br s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.93 (br s, 1H),1.87-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.65 (br d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (br d, J = 9.5 Hz,3H), 1.44 (br s, 2H), 1.34 (br s, 2H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 1635 nM. Example 272

LCMS, [M + H]⁺ = 447; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d₆) δ 7.71 (br d, J = 7.3Hz, 2H), 7.14 (br d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.04 (br s, 2H), 4.75 (br s, 1H),3.43-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.22 (br s, 1H), 3.17 (br s, 1H), 3.13 (br s, 1H),2.82 (br s, 3H), 2.64 (br s, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (br s, 1H), 1.88-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.64 (br s, 2H), 1.52 (br s, 3H); hLPA₁ IC₅₀ = 472 nM.Example 2

Example 73.(±)-Trans-(5-(4-((3-carbamoylcyclohexyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

73A. Ethyl3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate

To a 0° C. mixture of Intermediate 1H (100 mg, 0.303 mmol), ethyl3-hydroxycyclo-hexanecarboxylate (mixture of cis/trans isomers; 94 mg,0.545 mmol), Et₃N (76 μL, 0.545 mmol) and Ph₃P (143 mg, 0.545 mmol) inTHF (2 mL) was added DIAD (0.106 mL, 0.545 mmol) dropwise over 1 min.The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h; 1N aq. HCl (1 mL) was added,and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated invacuo. The residue was chromatographed (12 g SiO₂; continuous gradientfrom 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes over 20 min) to provide the titlecompound (130 mg, 0.268 mmol, 89% yield, diastereomeric mixture) as awhite solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=485.1.

73B.3-(4-(4-(((cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamoyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic Acid

To a mixture of 73A (130 mg, 0.268 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and MeOH (1 mL)was added LiOH.H₂O (225 mg, 5.37 mmol) in H₂O (2 mL). The mixture wasstirred at RT for 5 h, then was concentrated in vacuo; the pH wasadjusted to ˜3 with 1N aq. HC. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (5×5mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄) and concentratedin vacuo to give the title compound (120 mg, 98% yield, diastereomericmixture). LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=457.3.

Example 73

To a solution of 73B (86 mg, 0.19 mmol) and DMF (0.5 μL) in DCM (2 mL)was slowly added (COCl)₂ (32 μL, 0.38 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at RT for 30 min, then was concentrated in vacuo. To a solutionof the crude acid chloride in DCM (1.0 mL) was added 0.5 N NH₃ indioxane (5.65 mL, 2.83 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for30 min, then was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waschromatographed (12 g SiO₂; continuous gradient from 100%-0% hexane inEtOAc over 15 min, then hold for 10 min at 100% EtOAc) to give the crudecyclohexyl amide (73 mg, 0.152 mmol, 81% yield, diastereomeric mixture)as a white solid. A sample of crude cyclohexyl amide (diastereomericmixture) was purified via preparative LC/MS (Column: XBridge C18, 19×200mm, 5-μm particles; Mobile Phase A: 5:95 MeCN:H₂O with 10 mM aq. NH₄OAc;Mobile Phase B: 95:5 MeCN:H₂O with 10-mM aq. NH₄OAc; Gradient: 50-100% Bover 25 min, then a 5-min hold at 100% B; Flow: 20 mL/min). Fractionscontaining the desired product were combined and dried via centrifugalevaporation. The second eluting fraction was further purified viapreparative LC/MS (Column: XBridge C18, 19×200 mm, 5-μm particles;Mobile Phase A: 5:95 MeCN:H₂O with 10-mM aq. NH₄OAc; Mobile Phase B:95:5 MeCN:H₂O with 10-mM aq. NH₄OAc; Gradient: 30-68% B over 25 min,then a 5-min hold at 100% B; Flow: 20 mL/min) to give the title compound(single racemic diastereomer). LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=456.3. ¹H NMR (500 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.74 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.73 (s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.84 (s, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.61-2.54 (m,1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.37 (m, 16H). (cyclopentyl methine proton notobserved due to water-suppression). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=1208 nM.

Example 74.(5-(4-((3-cyanocyclohexyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

A mixture of Example 73C (70 mg, 0.15 mmol) and Burgess reagent (110 mg,0.46 mmol) in DCM and THF (1 mL each) was stirred at RT for 48 h, thenwas concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was chromatographed (4 gSiO₂; continuous gradient from 0%-100% EtOAc in hexane over 11 min) togive the title compound (55 mg, 82% yield, 80% purity by LC-MS,diastereomeric mixture) as a white solid. LC-MS, [M+H]⁺=438.1; hLPA₁IC₅₀=3252 nM

Example 75.(5-(4-((3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)cyclohexyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methyl cyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate

A mixture of Example 74 (45 mg, 0.10 mmol), NaN₃ (107 mg, 1.65 mmol),Et₃N (0.23 mL, 1.65 mmol) and HOAc (94 μL, 1.65 mmol) in toluene (1 mL)in a sealed vial was stirred at 100° C. for 18 h, then was cooled to RTand concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was taken up in EtOAc (5 mL) andsatd. aq. NaHCO₃ (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (5×5 mL). The combinedorganic extracts were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The crudeproduct was purified via preparative LC/MS (Column: XBridge C18, 19×200mm, 5-μm particles; Mobile Phase A: 5:95 MeCN:H₂O with 0.1% TFA; MobilePhase B: 95:5 MeCN:H₂O with 0.1% TFA; Gradient: 40-65% B over 25 min,then a 3-min hold at 65% B; Flow: 20 mL/min) to give the title compound(14.9 mg, 100% purity by LC/MS; cis/trans cyclohexyl diastereomericmixture). LC-MS, [M+Na]⁺=503.1. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.78-7.70(m, 2H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.91 (s, 0.4H), 4.63 (t,J=11.3 Hz, 0.6H), 3.38 (s, 0.6H), 3.27 (t, J=12.4 Hz, 0.4H), 2.68 (s,3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.27-1.33 (m, 16H). (cyclopentyl methine proton notobserved due to water-suppression). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=851 nM.

Examples 76-78.(5-(4-((3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)cyclohexyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-methylisoxazol-4-yl)methylcyclopentyl(methyl)carbamate (Chiral Diastereomers)

Example 75 (mixture of racemic diastereomers) was separated into theindividual chiral diastereomers by chiral preparative SFC (BergerMultigram II SFC Prep; Chiralpak ID, 21×250 mm, 5 μm column; detectionat 220 nm; flow rate=45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40° C.; Mobile Phase: 25%EtOH/75% CO₂; Injection: 0.5 mL of 58 mg/mL in MeOH) to afford Example76 as the first eluting chiral diastereomer on chiral SFC, Example 77 asthe second eluting chiral diastereomer on chiral SFC, and Example 78 asthe third eluting diastereomer on chiral SFC. The fourth diastereomerwas not isolated.

Example 76: LCMS, [M+H]⁺=481.2. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.73 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.89 (s, 1H),3.62-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H),2.14-1.31 (m, 16H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=2311 nM.

Example 77: LCMS, [M+H]⁺=481.0. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.74 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.90 (s, 1H),3.62-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H),2.24-1.34 (m, 16H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=379 nM.

Example 78: LCMS, [M+H]⁺=481.2. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.73 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.62 (t, J=11.3 Hz,1H), 3.58-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.24 (t, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s,3H), 2.21-1.33 (m, 16H). hLPA₁ IC₅₀=565 nM.

Other features of the invention should become apparent in the course ofthe above descriptions of exemplary embodiments that are given forillustration of the invention and are not intended to be limitingthereof. The present invention may be embodied in other specific formswithout departing from the spirit or essential attributes thereof. Thisinvention encompasses all combinations of preferred aspects of theinvention noted herein. It is understood that any and all embodiments ofthe present invention may be taken in conjunction with any otherembodiment or embodiments to describe additional embodiments. It is alsounderstood that each individual element of the embodiments is its ownindependent embodiment. Furthermore, any element of an embodiment ismeant to be combined with any and all other elements from any embodimentto describe an additional embodiment.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound according to Formula (Ia) or (Ib):

or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are each independently CR⁶or N; provided that no more than two of X¹, X², X³, or X⁴ are N; L isC₁₋₄ alkylene substituted with 0 to 4 R⁷; R¹ is (—CH₂)_(a)R⁹; a is aninteger of 0 or 1; R² is each independently halo, cyano, hydroxyl,amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, or haloalkoxy; n is an integer of 0, 1, or 2; R³ ishydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ deuterated alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy, and thealkyl, by itself or as part of other moiety, is optionally substitutedwith deuterium partially or fully; R⁴ is C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₁₋₁₀ deuteratedalkyl, C₁₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₁₋₁₀ alkenyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, 6 to 10-memberedaryl, 3 to 8-membered heterocyclyl, —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl),—(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(6 to 10-membered aryl), —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(3 to8-membered heterocyclyl), or —(C₁₋₆ alkylene)-(5 to 6-memberedheteroaryl); wherein each of the alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, cycloalkyl,aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, by itself or as part of othermoiety, is independently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; or alternatively,R³ and R⁴, taken together with the N atom to which they are attached,form a 4 to 9-membered heterocyclic ring moiety which is substitutedwith 0 to 3 R⁸; R⁵ and R⁶ are each independently hydrogen, halo, cyano,hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; R⁷ ishalo, oxo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; R⁸ are eachindependently deuterium, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆deuterated alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy,haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl; or alternatively, twoR⁸, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 3to 6-membered carbocyclic ring or a 3 to 6-membered heterocyclic ringeach of which is independently substituted with 0 to 3 R¹²; R⁹ isselected from —CN, —C(O)OR¹⁰, —C(O)NR^(11a)R^(11b),

R^(e) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or haloalkoxyalkyl; R¹⁰ is hydrogen or C₁₋₁₀alkyl; and R^(11a) and R^(11b) are each independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, orhaloalkoxy; and R¹² is halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl,alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, phenyl, or 5 to 6-memberedheteroaryl.
 2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein n is 0 or 1.3. The compound according to claim 2, wherein a is
 0. 4. The compoundaccording to claim 3, wherein R¹ is CO₂H or tetrazolyl.
 5. The compoundaccording to claim 4, wherein R⁵ is C₁₋₄ alkyl.
 6. The compoundaccording to claim 5, wherein R⁴ is C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₁₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl), or benzyl; wherein thealkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl, and benzyl are each independentlysubstituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; and R⁸ is each independently halo, hydroxyl,amino, cyano, C₁₋₆ alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, or phenyl;or alternatively, two R⁸, taken together with the atoms to which theyare attached, form a 3 to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.
 7. The compoundaccording to claim 1, which is represented by Formula (IIa) or (IIb):

each R^(7a) is independently hydrogen, halo, oxo, cyano, hydroxyl,amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₄₋₆ heterocyclyl, alkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl,alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; f is an integer of 1, 2, or 3; n is 0 or 1; R³ ishydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄ deuterated alkyl; R⁵ is C₁₋₄ alkyl; and R¹,R², n, R⁴, R⁵, X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ are the same as defined in
 1. 8. Thecompound according to claim 7, wherein X¹ is CR⁶, where R⁶ is hydrogenor C₁₋₄ alkyl.
 9. The compound according to claim 8, wherein X³ is N.10. The compound according to claim 8, wherein X¹, X², X³, and X⁴ areCR⁶, where each R⁶ is independently hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl.
 11. Thecompound according to claim 10, wherein the

 moiety is selected from

R^(6a) is each independently halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆ alkyl,alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy; and d is an integer of 0, 1, or2.
 12. The compound according to claim 11, wherein the

 moiety is selected from

R⁶ is each independently hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, amino, C₁₋₆alkyl, alkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,haloalkoxyalkyl, alkoxy, or haloalkoxy.
 13. The compound according toclaim 12, wherein f is
 1. 14. The compound according claim 1, which isrepresented by Formula (IIIa) or Formula (IIIb):

R^(2a) is hydrogen or halo; R³ is hydrogen, CH₃, or CD₃; and R¹, R⁴, X¹,X², X³, and X⁴ are the same as defined in claim
 1. 15. The compoundaccording to claim 14, wherein the

moiety is selected from


16. The compound according to claim 15, wherein R¹ is CO₂H.
 17. Thecompound according to claim 16, wherein the

 moiety is selected from

and R⁶ is methyl, ethyl, fluoro, or chloro.
 18. The compound accordingto claim 17, wherein R⁴ is C₃₋₁₀ alkyl, C₃₋₁₀ haloalkyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₁₋₃ alkoxy), —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₁₋₆alkylamino), —(C₁₋₄ alkylene)-(C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl), or), —(C₁₋₄alkylene)-phenyl; wherein the alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl, and phenylare each independently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; and R⁸ is eachindependently deuterium, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, alkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl,alkoxy, or haloalkoxy.
 19. The compound according to claim 18, whereinR⁴ is C₃₋₁₀ alkyl, C₃₋₁₀ haloalkyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,—(CH₂)₁₋₂—(C₂₋₆ alkylamino), —C(HR^(8a))₁₋₂-cyclopropyl,—C(HR^(8a))-cyclobutyl, —C(HR^(8a))-pentyl, or —C(HR⁸)-phenyl; whereinthe cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and phenyl are eachindependently substituted with 0 to 3 R⁸; R^(8a) is each independentlyhydrogen, methyl, cyclopropyl; and R⁸ is each independently halo, C₁₋₄alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.
 20. A pharmaceutical composition comprisingone or more compounds according to claim 1, or a stereoisomer, tautomer,or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 21. A method of treatinga disease, disorder, or condition associated with dysregulation oflysophosphatidic acid receptor 1 (LPA₁) in a patient having the disease,disorder, or condition, comprising administering a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof according toclaim
 1. 22. The method according to claim 21, wherein the disease,disorder, or condition is pathological fibrosis, transplant rejection,cancer, osteoporosis, or inflammatory disorders.
 23. The methodaccording to claim 22, wherein the pathological fibrosis is pulmonary,liver, renal, cardiac, dernal, ocular, or pancreatic fibrosis.
 24. Themethod according to claim 21, wherein the disease, disorder, orcondition is idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), non-alcoholicsteatohepatitis (NASH), non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD),chronic kidney disease, diabetic kidney disease, and systemic sclerosis.25. The method according to claim 22, wherein the cancer is of thebladder, blood, bone, brain, breast, central nervous system, cervix,colon, endometrium, esophagus, gall bladder, genitalia, genitourinarytract, head, kidney, larynx, liver, lung, muscle tissue, neck, oral ornasal mucosa, ovary, pancreas, prostate, skin, spleen, small intestine,large intestine, stomach, testicle, or thyroid.
 26. A method of treatingfibrosis in a mammal having fibrosis, comprising administering atherapeutically effective amount of a compound or a stereoisomer, atautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereofaccording to claim
 1. 27. The method according to claim 26, wherein thefibrosis is idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), nonalcoholicsteatohepatitis (NASH), chronic kidney disease, diabetic kidney disease,and systemic sclerosis.
 28. A method of treating a disease, disorder, orcondition selected from: treating lung fibrosis (idiopathic pulmonaryfibrosis), asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), renalfibrosis, acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease, liver fibrosis(non-alcoholic steatohepatitis), skin fibrosis, fibrosis of the gut,breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer,glioblastoma, bone cancer, colon cancer, bowel cancer, head and neckcancer, melanoma, multiple myeloma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, cancerpain, tumor metastasis, transplant organ rejection, scleroderma, ocularfibrosis, age related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy,collagen vascular disease, atherosclerosis, Raynaud's phenomenon, orneuropathic pain in a mammal having the disease, disorder, or condition,comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of acompound or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt or solvate thereof according to claim 1, to the mammal.